--- /dev/null
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qbrush.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qhash.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qmenu.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qpointer.h"
+#include "qstack.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qstylefactory.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qstyleoption.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+# include "qaccessible.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+# include "qt_windows.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+# include "qt_mac_p.h"
+# include "qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h"
+# include "qmainwindow.h"
+# include "qtoolbar.h"
+# include <private/qmainwindowlayout_p.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+# include "qwsdisplay_qws.h"
+# include "qwsmanager_qws.h"
+# include "qpaintengine.h" // for PorterDuff
+# include "private/qwindowsurface_qws_p.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+#include "qplatformwindow_qpa.h"
+#include "private/qwidgetwindow_qpa_p.h"
+#endif
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qtooltip.h"
+#include "qwhatsthis.h"
+#include "qdebug.h"
+#include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h"
+#include "private/qstyle_p.h"
+#include "private/qinputcontext_p.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "private/qsoftkeymanager_p.h"
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
+# include <private/qwininputcontext_p.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+# include <private/qpaintengine_x11_p.h>
+# include "qx11info_x11.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <private/qgraphicseffect_p.h>
+#include <private/qwindowsurface_p.h>
+#include <private/qbackingstore_p.h>
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+# include <private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h>
+#endif
+#include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h>
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+#include "private/qt_s60_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qwidget_p.h"
+#include "qaction_p.h"
+#include "qlayout_p.h"
+#include "QtWidgets/qgraphicsproxywidget.h"
+#include "QtWidgets/qgraphicsscene.h"
+#include "private/qgraphicsproxywidget_p.h"
+#include "QtWidgets/qabstractscrollarea.h"
+#include "private/qabstractscrollarea_p.h"
+#include "private/qevent_p.h"
+
+#include "private/qgesturemanager_p.h"
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+#include "qtabwidget.h" // Needed in inTabWidget()
+#endif // QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+#include <aknappui.h>
+#endif
+
+// widget/widget data creation count
+//#define QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+//#define ALIEN_DEBUG
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+static bool qt_enable_backingstore = true;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+// for compatibility with Qt 4.0
+Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(bool enable)
+{
+ qt_enable_backingstore = enable;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+bool qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget = false;
+#endif
+
+static inline bool qRectIntersects(const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2)
+{
+ return (qMax(r1.left(), r2.left()) <= qMin(r1.right(), r2.right()) &&
+ qMax(r1.top(), r2.top()) <= qMin(r1.bottom(), r2.bottom()));
+}
+
+static inline bool hasBackingStoreSupport()
+{
+ return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+# define QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*, QEvent*); // qapplication.cpp
+extern QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget; // qapplication.cpp
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ \class QWidgetBackingStoreTracker
+ \brief Class which allows tracking of which widgets are using a given backing store
+
+ QWidgetBackingStoreTracker is a thin wrapper around a QWidgetBackingStore pointer,
+ which maintains a list of the QWidgets which are currently using the backing
+ store. This list is modified via the registerWidget and unregisterWidget functions.
+ */
+
+QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::QWidgetBackingStoreTracker()
+ : m_ptr(0)
+{
+
+}
+
+QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::~QWidgetBackingStoreTracker()
+{
+ delete m_ptr;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of
+ widgets using the backing store, then create a new QWidgetBackingStore, providing
+ the QWidget.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::create(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ destroy();
+ m_ptr = new QWidgetBackingStore(widget);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of
+ widgets using the backing store.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::destroy()
+{
+ delete m_ptr;
+ m_ptr = 0;
+ m_widgets.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Add the widget to the list of widgets currently using the backing store.
+ If the widget was already in the list, this function is a no-op.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::registerWidget(QWidget *w)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(m_ptr);
+ Q_ASSERT(w->internalWinId());
+ Q_ASSERT(qt_widget_private(w)->maybeBackingStore() == m_ptr);
+ m_widgets.insert(w);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Remove the widget from the list of widgets currently using the backing store.
+ If the widget was in the list, and removing it causes the list to be empty,
+ the backing store is deleted.
+ If the widget was not in the list, this function is a no-op.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidget(QWidget *w)
+{
+ if (m_widgets.remove(w) && m_widgets.isEmpty()) {
+ delete m_ptr;
+ m_ptr = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Recursively remove widget and all of its descendents.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidgetSubtree(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ unregisterWidget(widget);
+ foreach (QObject *child, widget->children())
+ if (QWidget *childWidget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(child))
+ unregisterWidgetSubtree(childWidget);
+}
+
+QWidgetPrivate::QWidgetPrivate(int version)
+ : QObjectPrivate(version)
+ , extra(0)
+ , focus_next(0)
+ , focus_prev(0)
+ , focus_child(0)
+ , layout(0)
+ , needsFlush(0)
+ , redirectDev(0)
+ , widgetItem(0)
+ , extraPaintEngine(0)
+ , polished(0)
+ , graphicsEffect(0)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
+ , imHints(Qt::ImhNone)
+#endif
+ , inheritedFontResolveMask(0)
+ , inheritedPaletteResolveMask(0)
+ , leftmargin(0)
+ , topmargin(0)
+ , rightmargin(0)
+ , bottommargin(0)
+ , leftLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , topLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , rightLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , bottomLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , hd(0)
+ , size_policy(QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Preferred)
+ , fg_role(QPalette::NoRole)
+ , bg_role(QPalette::NoRole)
+ , dirtyOpaqueChildren(1)
+ , isOpaque(0)
+ , inDirtyList(0)
+ , isScrolled(0)
+ , isMoved(0)
+ , isGLWidget(0)
+ , usesDoubleBufferedGLContext(0)
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ , inheritsInputMethodHints(0)
+#endif
++ , inSetParent(0)
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ , picture(0)
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ , noPaintOnScreen(0)
+ #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+ , nativeGesturePanEnabled(0)
+ #endif
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+ , needWindowChange(0)
+ , window_event(0)
+ , qd_hd(0)
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ , symbianScreenNumber(0)
+ , fixNativeOrientationCalled(false)
+#endif
+{
+ if (!qApp) {
+ qFatal("QWidget: Must construct a QApplication before a QPaintDevice");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (version != QObjectPrivateVersion)
+ qFatal("Cannot mix incompatible Qt libraries");
+
+ isWidget = true;
+ memset(high_attributes, 0, sizeof(high_attributes));
+#if QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ drawRectOriginalAdded = false;
+ originalDrawMethod = true;
+ changeMethods = false;
+ isInUnifiedToolbar = false;
+ unifiedSurface = 0;
+ toolbar_ancestor = 0;
+ flushRequested = false;
+ touchEventsEnabled = false;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+ qDebug() << "widgets" << ++count;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+QWidgetPrivate::~QWidgetPrivate()
+{
+ if (widgetItem)
+ widgetItem->wid = 0;
+
+ if (extra)
+ deleteExtra();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ delete graphicsEffect;
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+}
+
+class QDummyWindowSurface : public QWindowSurface
+{
+public:
+ QDummyWindowSurface(QWindow *window) : QWindowSurface(window) {}
+ QPaintDevice *paintDevice() { return static_cast<QWidgetWindow *>(window())->widget(); }
+ void flush(QWindow *, const QRegion &, const QPoint &) {}
+};
+
+QWindowSurface *QWidgetPrivate::createDefaultWindowSurface()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ QWindowSurface *surface;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+ if (q->property("_q_DummyWindowSurface").toBool()) {
+ surface = new QDummyWindowSurface(q->windowHandle());
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ QWindow *win = topData()->window;
+ surface = QGuiApplicationPrivate::platformIntegration()->createWindowSurface(win, win->winId());
+ }
+
+ return surface;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::scrollChildren(int dx, int dy)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (q->children().size() > 0) { // scroll children
+ QPoint pd(dx, dy);
+ QObjectList childObjects = q->children();
+ for (int i = 0; i < childObjects.size(); ++i) { // move all children
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childObjects.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow()) {
+ QPoint oldp = w->pos();
+ QRect r(w->pos() + pd, w->size());
+ w->data->crect = r;
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ w->d_func()->setWSGeometry();
+#endif
+ w->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ QMoveEvent e(r.topLeft(), oldp);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+QInputContext *QWidgetPrivate::assignedInputContext() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ const QWidget *widget = q_func();
+ while (widget) {
+ if (QInputContext *qic = widget->d_func()->ic)
+ return qic;
+ widget = widget->parentWidget();
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+QInputContext *QWidgetPrivate::inputContext() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ if (QInputContext *qic = assignedInputContext())
+ return qic;
+ return qApp->inputContext();
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ This function returns the QInputContext for this widget. By
+ default the input context is inherited from the widgets
+ parent. For toplevels it is inherited from QApplication.
+
+ You can override this and set a special input context for this
+ widget by using the setInputContext() method.
+
+ \sa setInputContext()
+*/
+QInputContext *QWidget::inputContext()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
+ return 0;
+
+ return d->inputContext();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This function sets the input context \a context
+ on this widget.
+
+ Qt takes ownership of the given input \a context.
+
+ \sa inputContext()
+*/
+void QWidget::setInputContext(QInputContext *context)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
+ return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ if (context == d->ic)
+ return;
+ if (d->ic)
+ delete d->ic;
+ d->ic = context;
+ if (d->ic)
+ d->ic->setParent(this);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \obsolete
+
+ This function can be called on the widget that currently has focus
+ to reset the input method operating on it.
+
+ This function is providing for convenience, instead you should use
+ \l{QInputContext::}{reset()} on the input context that was
+ returned by inputContext().
+
+ \sa QInputContext, inputContext(), QInputContext::reset()
+*/
+void QWidget::resetInputContext()
+{
+ if (!hasFocus())
+ return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ QInputContext *qic = this->inputContext();
+ if(qic)
+ qic->reset();
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+QPointer<QWidget> QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget;
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget currently has edit focus; otherwise false.
+
+ This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
+
+ \sa setEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
+*/
+bool QWidget::hasEditFocus() const
+{
+ const QWidget* w = this;
+ while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+ return QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == w;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool enable)
+
+ If \a enable is true, make this widget have edit focus, in which
+ case Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down will be delivered to the widget
+ normally; otherwise, Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down are used to
+ change focus.
+
+ This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux and Qt
+ for Symbian.
+
+ \sa hasEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
+*/
+void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool on)
+{
+ QWidget *f = this;
+ while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+
+ if (QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget != f)
+ QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget->setEditFocus(false);
+
+ if (on && !f->hasFocus())
+ f->setFocus();
+
+ if ((!on && !QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget)
+ || (on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f) {
+ QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = 0;
+ QEvent event(QEvent::LeaveEditFocus);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event);
+ } else if (on) {
+ QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = f;
+ QEvent event(QEvent::EnterEditFocus);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::autoFillBackground
+ \brief whether the widget background is filled automatically
+ \since 4.1
+
+ If enabled, this property will cause Qt to fill the background of the
+ widget before invoking the paint event. The color used is defined by the
+ QPalette::Window color role from the widget's \l{QPalette}{palette}.
+
+ In addition, Windows are always filled with QPalette::Window, unless the
+ WA_OpaquePaintEvent or WA_NoSystemBackground attributes are set.
+
+ This property cannot be turned off (i.e., set to false) if a widget's
+ parent has a static gradient for its background.
+
+ \warning Use this property with caution in conjunction with
+ \l{Qt Style Sheets}. When a widget has a style sheet with a valid
+ background or a border-image, this property is automatically disabled.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground,
+ {QWidget#Transparency and Double Buffering}{Transparency and Double Buffering}
+*/
+bool QWidget::autoFillBackground() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra && d->extra->autoFillBackground;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ if (d->extra->autoFillBackground == enabled)
+ return;
+
+ d->extra->autoFillBackground = enabled;
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ update();
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \class QWidget
+ \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
+
+ \ingroup basicwidgets
+
+ The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard
+ and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of
+ itself on the screen. Every widget is rectangular, and they are sorted in a
+ Z-order. A widget is clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of
+ it.
+
+ A widget that is not embedded in a parent widget is called a window.
+ Usually, windows have a frame and a title bar, although it is also possible
+ to create windows without such decoration using suitable
+ \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}). In Qt, QMainWindow and the various
+ subclasses of QDialog are the most common window types.
+
+ Every widget's constructor accepts one or two standard arguments:
+
+ \list 1
+ \i \c{QWidget *parent = 0} is the parent of the new widget. If it is 0
+ (the default), the new widget will be a window. If not, it will be
+ a child of \e parent, and be constrained by \e parent's geometry
+ (unless you specify Qt::Window as window flag).
+ \i \c{Qt::WindowFlags f = 0} (where available) sets the window flags;
+ the default is suitable for almost all widgets, but to get, for
+ example, a window without a window system frame, you must use
+ special flags.
+ \endlist
+
+ QWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct
+ functionality; for example, QWidget has a font property, but never uses
+ this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality,
+ such as QLabel, QPushButton, QListWidget, and QTabWidget.
+
+
+ \section1 Top-Level and Child Widgets
+
+ A widget without a parent widget is always an independent window (top-level
+ widget). For these widgets, setWindowTitle() and setWindowIcon() set the
+ title bar and icon respectively.
+
+ Non-window widgets are child widgets, displayed within their parent
+ widgets. Most widgets in Qt are mainly useful as child widgets. For
+ example, it is possible to display a button as a top-level window, but most
+ people prefer to put their buttons inside other widgets, such as QDialog.
+
+ \image parent-child-widgets.png A parent widget containing various child widgets.
+
+ The diagram above shows a QGroupBox widget being used to hold various child
+ widgets in a layout provided by QGridLayout. The QLabel child widgets have
+ been outlined to indicate their full sizes.
+
+ If you want to use a QWidget to hold child widgets you will usually want to
+ add a layout to the parent QWidget. See \l{Layout Management} for more
+ information.
+
+
+ \section1 Composite Widgets
+
+ When a widget is used as a container to group a number of child widgets, it
+ is known as a composite widget. These can be created by constructing a
+ widget with the required visual properties - a QFrame, for example - and
+ adding child widgets to it, usually managed by a layout. The above diagram
+ shows such a composite widget that was created using \l{Qt Designer}.
+
+ Composite widgets can also be created by subclassing a standard widget,
+ such as QWidget or QFrame, and adding the necessary layout and child
+ widgets in the constructor of the subclass. Many of the \l{Qt Examples}
+ {examples provided with Qt} use this approach, and it is also covered in
+ the Qt \l{Tutorials}.
+
+
+ \section1 Custom Widgets and Painting
+
+ Since QWidget is a subclass of QPaintDevice, subclasses can be used to
+ display custom content that is composed using a series of painting
+ operations with an instance of the QPainter class. This approach contrasts
+ with the canvas-style approach used by the \l{Graphics View}
+ {Graphics View Framework} where items are added to a scene by the
+ application and are rendered by the framework itself.
+
+ Each widget performs all painting operations from within its paintEvent()
+ function. This is called whenever the widget needs to be redrawn, either
+ as a result of some external change or when requested by the application.
+
+ The \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock example} shows how a simple widget
+ can handle paint events.
+
+
+ \section1 Size Hints and Size Policies
+
+ When implementing a new widget, it is almost always useful to reimplement
+ sizeHint() to provide a reasonable default size for the widget and to set
+ the correct size policy with setSizePolicy().
+
+ By default, composite widgets which do not provide a size hint will be
+ sized according to the space requirements of their child widgets.
+
+ The size policy lets you supply good default behavior for the layout
+ management system, so that other widgets can contain and manage yours
+ easily. The default size policy indicates that the size hint represents
+ the preferred size of the widget, and this is often good enough for many
+ widgets.
+
+ \note The size of top-level widgets are constrained to 2/3 of the desktop's
+ height and width. You can resize() the widget manually if these bounds are
+ inadequate.
+
+
+ \section1 Events
+
+ Widgets respond to events that are typically caused by user actions. Qt
+ delivers events to widgets by calling specific event handler functions with
+ instances of QEvent subclasses containing information about each event.
+
+ If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to
+ implement any event handlers. If you want to detect a mouse click in a
+ child widget call the child's underMouse() function inside the widget's
+ mousePressEvent().
+
+ The \l{widgets/scribble}{Scribble example} implements a wider set of
+ events to handle mouse movement, button presses, and window resizing.
+
+ You will need to supply the behavior and content for your own widgets, but
+ here is a brief overview of the events that are relevant to QWidget,
+ starting with the most common ones:
+
+ \list
+ \i paintEvent() is called whenever the widget needs to be repainted.
+ Every widget displaying custom content must implement it. Painting
+ using a QPainter can only take place in a paintEvent() or a
+ function called by a paintEvent().
+ \i resizeEvent() is called when the widget has been resized.
+ \i mousePressEvent() is called when a mouse button is pressed while
+ the mouse cursor is inside the widget, or when the widget has
+ grabbed the mouse using grabMouse(). Pressing the mouse without
+ releasing it is effectively the same as calling grabMouse().
+ \i mouseReleaseEvent() is called when a mouse button is released. A
+ widget receives mouse release events when it has received the
+ corresponding mouse press event. This means that if the user
+ presses the mouse inside \e your widget, then drags the mouse
+ somewhere else before releasing the mouse button, \e your widget
+ receives the release event. There is one exception: if a popup menu
+ appears while the mouse button is held down, this popup immediately
+ steals the mouse events.
+ \i mouseDoubleClickEvent() is called when the user double-clicks in
+ the widget. If the user double-clicks, the widget receives a mouse
+ press event, a mouse release event and finally this event instead
+ of a second mouse press event. (Some mouse move events may also be
+ received if the mouse is not held steady during this operation.) It
+ is \e{not possible} to distinguish a click from a double-click
+ until the second click arrives. (This is one reason why most GUI
+ books recommend that double-clicks be an extension of
+ single-clicks, rather than trigger a different action.)
+ \endlist
+
+ Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more event
+ handlers:
+
+ \list
+ \i keyPressEvent() is called whenever a key is pressed, and again when
+ a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat. The
+ \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if
+ they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those
+ keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement
+ QWidget::event().
+ \i focusInEvent() is called when the widget gains keyboard focus
+ (assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well-behaved widgets
+ indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet
+ way.
+ \i focusOutEvent() is called when the widget loses keyboard focus.
+ \endlist
+
+ You may be required to also reimplement some of the less common event
+ handlers:
+
+ \list
+ \i mouseMoveEvent() is called whenever the mouse moves while a mouse
+ button is held down. This can be useful during drag and drop
+ operations. If you call \l{setMouseTracking()}{setMouseTracking}(true),
+ you get mouse move events even when no buttons are held down.
+ (See also the \l{Drag and Drop} guide.)
+ \i keyReleaseEvent() is called whenever a key is released and while it
+ is held down (if the key is auto-repeating). In that case, the
+ widget will receive a pair of key release and key press event for
+ every repeat. The \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab keys are only passed
+ to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms.
+ To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must
+ reimplement QWidget::event().
+ \i wheelEvent() is called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel
+ while the widget has the focus.
+ \i enterEvent() is called when the mouse enters the widget's screen
+ space. (This excludes screen space owned by any of the widget's
+ children.)
+ \i leaveEvent() is called when the mouse leaves the widget's screen
+ space. If the mouse enters a child widget it will not cause a
+ leaveEvent().
+ \i moveEvent() is called when the widget has been moved relative to
+ its parent.
+ \i closeEvent() is called when the user closes the widget (or when
+ close() is called).
+ \endlist
+
+ There are also some rather obscure events described in the documentation
+ for QEvent::Type. To handle these events, you need to reimplement event()
+ directly.
+
+ The default implementation of event() handles \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab
+ (to move the keyboard focus), and passes on most of the other events to
+ one of the more specialized handlers above.
+
+ Events and the mechanism used to deliver them are covered in
+ \l{The Event System}.
+
+ \section1 Groups of Functions and Properties
+
+ \table
+ \header \i Context \i Functions and Properties
+
+ \row \i Window functions \i
+ show(),
+ hide(),
+ raise(),
+ lower(),
+ close().
+
+ \row \i Top-level windows \i
+ \l windowModified, \l windowTitle, \l windowIcon, \l windowIconText,
+ \l isActiveWindow, activateWindow(), \l minimized, showMinimized(),
+ \l maximized, showMaximized(), \l fullScreen, showFullScreen(),
+ showNormal().
+
+ \row \i Window contents \i
+ update(),
+ repaint(),
+ scroll().
+
+ \row \i Geometry \i
+ \l pos, x(), y(), \l rect, \l size, width(), height(), move(), resize(),
+ \l sizePolicy, sizeHint(), minimumSizeHint(),
+ updateGeometry(), layout(),
+ \l frameGeometry, \l geometry, \l childrenRect, \l childrenRegion,
+ adjustSize(),
+ mapFromGlobal(), mapToGlobal(),
+ mapFromParent(), mapToParent(),
+ \l maximumSize, \l minimumSize, \l sizeIncrement,
+ \l baseSize, setFixedSize()
+
+ \row \i Mode \i
+ \l visible, isVisibleTo(),
+ \l enabled, isEnabledTo(),
+ \l modal,
+ isWindow(),
+ \l mouseTracking,
+ \l updatesEnabled,
+ visibleRegion().
+
+ \row \i Look and feel \i
+ style(),
+ setStyle(),
+ \l styleSheet,
+ \l cursor,
+ \l font,
+ \l palette,
+ backgroundRole(), setBackgroundRole(),
+ fontInfo(), fontMetrics().
+
+ \row \i Keyboard focus functions \i
+ \l focus, \l focusPolicy,
+ setFocus(), clearFocus(), setTabOrder(), setFocusProxy(),
+ focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild().
+
+ \row \i Mouse and keyboard grabbing \i
+ grabMouse(), releaseMouse(),
+ grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(),
+ mouseGrabber(), keyboardGrabber().
+
+ \row \i Event handlers \i
+ event(),
+ mousePressEvent(),
+ mouseReleaseEvent(),
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+ mouseMoveEvent(),
+ keyPressEvent(),
+ keyReleaseEvent(),
+ focusInEvent(),
+ focusOutEvent(),
+ wheelEvent(),
+ enterEvent(),
+ leaveEvent(),
+ paintEvent(),
+ moveEvent(),
+ resizeEvent(),
+ closeEvent(),
+ dragEnterEvent(),
+ dragMoveEvent(),
+ dragLeaveEvent(),
+ dropEvent(),
+ childEvent(),
+ showEvent(),
+ hideEvent(),
+ customEvent().
+ changeEvent(),
+
+ \row \i System functions \i
+ parentWidget(), window(), setParent(), winId(),
+ find(), metric().
+
+ \row \i Interactive help \i
+ setToolTip(), setWhatsThis()
+
+ \endtable
+
+
+ \section1 Widget Style Sheets
+
+ In addition to the standard widget styles for each platform, widgets can
+ also be styled according to rules specified in a \l{styleSheet}
+ {style sheet}. This feature enables you to customize the appearance of
+ specific widgets to provide visual cues to users about their purpose. For
+ example, a button could be styled in a particular way to indicate that it
+ performs a destructive action.
+
+ The use of widget style sheets is described in more detail in the
+ \l{Qt Style Sheets} document.
+
+
+ \section1 Transparency and Double Buffering
+
+ Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there
+ is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid
+ flicker.
+
+ Since Qt 4.1, the Qt::WA_ContentsPropagated widget attribute has been
+ deprecated. Instead, the contents of parent widgets are propagated by
+ default to each of their children as long as Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen is not
+ set. Custom widgets can be written to take advantage of this feature by
+ updating irregular regions (to create non-rectangular child widgets), or
+ painting with colors that have less than full alpha component. The
+ following diagram shows how attributes and properties of a custom widget
+ can be fine-tuned to achieve different effects.
+
+ \image propagation-custom.png
+
+ In the above diagram, a semi-transparent rectangular child widget with an
+ area removed is constructed and added to a parent widget (a QLabel showing
+ a pixmap). Then, different properties and widget attributes are set to
+ achieve different effects:
+
+ \list
+ \i The left widget has no additional properties or widget attributes
+ set. This default state suits most custom widgets using
+ transparency, are irregularly-shaped, or do not paint over their
+ entire area with an opaque brush.
+ \i The center widget has the \l autoFillBackground property set. This
+ property is used with custom widgets that rely on the widget to
+ supply a default background, and do not paint over their entire
+ area with an opaque brush.
+ \i The right widget has the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute
+ set. This indicates that the widget will paint over its entire area
+ with opaque colors. The widget's area will initially be
+ \e{uninitialized}, represented in the diagram with a red diagonal
+ grid pattern that shines through the overpainted area. The
+ Qt::WA_OpaquePaintArea attribute is useful for widgets that need to
+ paint their own specialized contents quickly and do not need a
+ default filled background.
+ \endlist
+
+ To rapidly update custom widgets with simple background colors, such as
+ real-time plotting or graphing widgets, it is better to define a suitable
+ background color (using setBackgroundRole() with the
+ QPalette::Window role), set the \l autoFillBackground property, and only
+ implement the necessary drawing functionality in the widget's paintEvent().
+
+ To rapidly update custom widgets that constantly paint over their entire
+ areas with opaque content, e.g., video streaming widgets, it is better to
+ set the widget's Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, avoiding any unnecessary overhead
+ associated with repainting the widget's background.
+
+ If a widget has both the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute \e{and}
+ the \l autoFillBackground property set, the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent
+ attribute takes precedence. Depending on your requirements, you should
+ choose either one of them.
+
+ Since Qt 4.1, the contents of parent widgets are also propagated to
+ standard Qt widgets. This can lead to some unexpected results if the
+ parent widget is decorated in a non-standard way, as shown in the diagram
+ below.
+
+ \image propagation-standard.png
+
+ The scope for customizing the painting behavior of standard Qt widgets,
+ without resorting to subclassing, is slightly less than that possible for
+ custom widgets. Usually, the desired appearance of a standard widget can be
+ achieved by setting its \l autoFillBackground property.
+
+
+ \section1 Creating Translucent Windows
+
+ Since Qt 4.5, it has been possible to create windows with translucent regions
+ on window systems that support compositing.
+
+ To enable this feature in a top-level widget, set its Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground
+ attribute with setAttribute() and ensure that its background is painted with
+ non-opaque colors in the regions you want to be partially transparent.
+
+ Platform notes:
+
+ \list
+ \o X11: This feature relies on the use of an X server that supports ARGB visuals
+ and a compositing window manager.
+ \o Windows: The widget needs to have the Qt::FramelessWindowHint window flag set
+ for the translucency to work.
+ \endlist
+
+
+ \section1 Native Widgets vs Alien Widgets
+
+ Introduced in Qt 4.4, alien widgets are widgets unknown to the windowing
+ system. They do not have a native window handle associated with them. This
+ feature significantly speeds up widget painting, resizing, and removes flicker.
+
+ Should you require the old behavior with native windows, you can choose
+ one of the following options:
+
+ \list 1
+ \i Use the \c{QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS=1} in your environment.
+ \i Set the Qt::AA_NativeWindows attribute on your application. All
+ widgets will be native widgets.
+ \i Set the Qt::WA_NativeWindow attribute on widgets: The widget itself
+ and all of its ancestors will become native (unless
+ Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors is set).
+ \i Call QWidget::winId to enforce a native window (this implies 3).
+ \i Set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute to enforce a native window
+ (this implies 3).
+ \endlist
+
+ \sa QEvent, QPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout
+
+ \section1 Softkeys
+
+ Since Qt 4.6, Softkeys are usually physical keys on a device that have a corresponding label or
+ other visual representation on the screen that is generally located next to its
+ physical counterpart. They are most often found on mobile phone platforms. In
+ modern touch based user interfaces it is also possible to have softkeys that do
+ not correspond to any physical keys. Softkeys differ from other onscreen labels
+ in that they are contextual.
+
+ In Qt, contextual softkeys are added to a widget by calling addAction() and
+ passing a \c QAction with a softkey role set on it. When the widget
+ containing the softkey actions has focus, its softkeys should appear in
+ the user interface. Softkeys are discovered by traversing the widget
+ hierarchy so it is possible to define a single set of softkeys that are
+ present at all times by calling addAction() for a given top level widget.
+
+ On some platforms, this concept overlaps with \c QMenuBar such that if no
+ other softkeys are found and the top level widget is a QMainWindow containing
+ a QMenuBar, the menubar actions may appear on one of the softkeys.
+
+ Note: Currently softkeys are only supported on the Symbian Platform.
+
+ \sa addAction(), QAction, QMenuBar
+
+*/
+
+QWidgetMapper *QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0; // widget with wid
+QWidgetSet *QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = 0; // widgets with no wid
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QWidget utility functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+QRegion qt_dirtyRegion(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ if (!widget)
+ return QRegion();
+
+ QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qt_widget_private(widget)->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (!bs)
+ return QRegion();
+
+ return bs->dirtyRegion(widget);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QWidget member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ Widget state flags:
+ \list
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Created The widget has a valid winId().
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Visible The widget is currently visible.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Hidden The widget is hidden, i.e. it won't
+ become visible unless you call show() on it. Qt::WA_WState_Hidden
+ implies !Qt::WA_WState_Visible.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_CompressKeys Compress keyboard events.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_BlockUpdates Repaints and updates are disabled.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent Currently processing a paint event.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Reparented The widget has been reparented.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending A configuration (resize/move) event is pending.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_DND (Deprecated) The widget supports drag and drop, see setAcceptDrops().
+ \endlist
+*/
+
+struct QWidgetExceptionCleaner
+{
+ /* this cleans up when the constructor throws an exception */
+ static inline void cleanup(QWidget *that, QWidgetPrivate *d)
+ {
+#ifdef QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS
+ Q_UNUSED(that);
+ Q_UNUSED(d);
+#else
+ QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(that);
+ if (d->focus_next != that) {
+ if (d->focus_next)
+ d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev;
+ if (d->focus_prev)
+ d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+};
+
+/*!
+ Constructs a widget which is a child of \a parent, with widget
+ flags set to \a f.
+
+ If \a parent is 0, the new widget becomes a window. If
+ \a parent is another widget, this widget becomes a child window
+ inside \a parent. The new widget is deleted when its \a parent is
+ deleted.
+
+ The widget flags argument, \a f, is normally 0, but it can be set
+ to customize the frame of a window (i.e. \a
+ parent must be 0). To customize the frame, use a value composed
+ from the bitwise OR of any of the \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}.
+
+ If you add a child widget to an already visible widget you must
+ explicitly show the child to make it visible.
+
+ Note that the X11 version of Qt may not be able to deliver all
+ combinations of style flags on all systems. This is because on
+ X11, Qt can only ask the window manager, and the window manager
+ can override the application's settings. On Windows, Qt can set
+ whatever flags you want.
+
+ \sa windowFlags
+*/
+QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+ : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice()
+{
+ QT_TRY {
+ d_func()->init(parent, f);
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func());
+ QT_RETHROW;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ \overload
+ \obsolete
+ */
+QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, const char *name, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+ : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice()
+{
+ QT_TRY {
+ d_func()->init(parent , f);
+ setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func());
+ QT_RETHROW;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+QWidget::QWidget(QWidgetPrivate &dd, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+ : QObject(dd, 0), QPaintDevice()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QT_TRY {
+ d->init(parent, f);
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func());
+ QT_RETHROW;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+*/
+int QWidget::devType() const
+{
+ return QInternal::Widget;
+}
+
+
+//### w is a "this" ptr, passed as a param because QWorkspace needs special logic
+void QWidgetPrivate::adjustFlags(Qt::WindowFlags &flags, QWidget *w)
+{
+ bool customize = (flags & (Qt::CustomizeWindowHint
+ | Qt::FramelessWindowHint
+ | Qt::WindowTitleHint
+ | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint
+ | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint));
+
+ uint type = (flags & Qt::WindowType_Mask);
+
+ if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && w && !w->parent()) {
+ type = Qt::Window;
+ flags |= Qt::Window;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & Qt::CustomizeWindowHint) {
+ // modify window flags to make them consistent.
+ // Only enable this on non-Mac platforms. Since the old way of doing this would
+ // interpret WindowSystemMenuHint as a close button and we can't change that behavior
+ // we can't just add this in.
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint)) {
+ flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint;
+#else
+ if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint)) {
+#endif
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint;
+ flags &= ~Qt::FramelessWindowHint;
+ }
+ } else if (customize && !(flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)) {
+ // if any of the window hints that affect the titlebar are set
+ // and the window is supposed to have frame, we add a titlebar
+ // and system menu by default.
+ flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint;
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint;
+ }
+ if (customize)
+ ; // don't modify window flags if the user explicitly set them.
+ else if (type == Qt::Dialog || type == Qt::Sheet)
+#ifndef Q_WS_WINCE
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+#else
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+#endif
+ else if (type == Qt::Tool)
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+ else
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+
+
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::init(QWidget *parentWidget, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (QApplication::type() == QApplication::Tty)
+ qFatal("QWidget: Cannot create a QWidget when no GUI is being used");
+
+ Q_ASSERT(allWidgets);
+ if (allWidgets)
+ allWidgets->insert(q);
+
+ QWidget *desktopWidget = 0;
+ if (parentWidget && parentWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) {
+ desktopWidget = parentWidget;
+ parentWidget = 0;
+ }
+
+ q->data = &data;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+ if (!parent) {
+ Q_ASSERT_X(q->thread() == qApp->thread(), "QWidget",
+ "Widgets must be created in the GUI thread.");
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ if (desktopWidget) {
+ // make sure the widget is created on the same screen as the
+ // programmer specified desktop widget
+ xinfo = desktopWidget->d_func()->xinfo;
+ }
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (desktopWidget) {
+ symbianScreenNumber = qt_widget_private(desktopWidget)->symbianScreenNumber;
+ }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ if (desktopWidget) {
+ int screen = desktopWidget->d_func()->topData()->screenIndex;
+ QPlatformIntegration *platform = QGuiApplicationPrivate::platformIntegration();
+ platform->moveToScreen(q->windowHandle(), screen);
+ }
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(desktopWidget);
+#endif
+
+ data.fstrut_dirty = true;
+
+ data.winid = 0;
+ data.widget_attributes = 0;
+ data.window_flags = f;
+ data.window_state = 0;
+ data.focus_policy = 0;
+ data.context_menu_policy = Qt::DefaultContextMenu;
+ data.window_modality = Qt::NonModal;
+
+ data.sizehint_forced = 0;
+ data.is_closing = 0;
+ data.in_show = 0;
+ data.in_set_window_state = 0;
+ data.in_destructor = false;
+
+ // Widgets with Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC (typically QGLWidget) must have a window handle.
+ if (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+
+//#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+//#endif
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose); // might be cleared in adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute()
+ adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute();
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+
+ //give potential windows a bigger "pre-initial" size; create_sys() will give them a new size later
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ if (isGLWidget) {
+ // Don't waste GPU mem for unnecessary large egl surface until resized by application
+ data.crect = QRect(0,0,1,1);
+ } else {
+ data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,360,640);
+ }
+#else
+ data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,640,480);
+#endif
+
+ focus_next = focus_prev = q;
+
+ if ((f & Qt::WindowType_Mask) == Qt::Desktop)
+ q->create();
+ else if (parentWidget)
+ q->setParent(parentWidget, data.window_flags);
+ else {
+ adjustFlags(data.window_flags, q);
+ resolveLayoutDirection();
+ // opaque system background?
+ const QBrush &background = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+ setOpaque(q->isWindow() && background.style() != Qt::NoBrush && background.isOpaque());
+ }
+ data.fnt = QFont(data.fnt, q);
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen());
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent);
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent);
+
+ if (++QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter > QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances)
+ QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter;
+
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version < 0x040200
+ || QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation))
+ q->create();
+
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::Create);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ QApplication::postEvent(q, new QEvent(QEvent::PolishRequest));
+
+ extraPaintEngine = 0;
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // If we add a child to the unified toolbar, we have to redirect the painting.
+ if (parentWidget && parentWidget->d_func() && parentWidget->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ if (parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface) {
+ QWidget *toolbar = parentWidget->d_func()->toolbar_ancestor;
+ parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface->recursiveRedirect(toolbar, toolbar, toolbar->d_func()->toolbar_offset);
+ }
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+}
+
+
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createRecursively()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ q->create(0, true, true);
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (child && !child->isHidden() && !child->isWindow() && !child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ child->d_func()->createRecursively();
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+ Creates a new widget window if \a window is 0, otherwise sets the
+ widget's window to \a window.
+
+ Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if \a
+ initializeWindow is true. If \a initializeWindow is false, no
+ initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if \a
+ window is a valid window.
+
+ Destroys the old window if \a destroyOldWindow is true. If \a
+ destroyOldWindow is false, you are responsible for destroying the
+ window yourself (using platform native code).
+
+ The QWidget constructor calls create(0,true,true) to create a
+ window for this widget.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::create(WId window, bool initializeWindow, bool destroyOldWindow)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window == 0 && internalWinId())
+ return;
+
+ if (d->data.in_destructor)
+ return;
+
+ Qt::WindowType type = windowType();
+ Qt::WindowFlags &flags = data->window_flags;
+
+ if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && !parentWidget()) {
+ type = Qt::Window;
+ flags |= Qt::Window;
+ }
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QPA
+ if (QWidget *parent = parentWidget()) {
+ if (type & Qt::Window) {
+ if (!parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ parent->createWinId();
+ } else if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !parent->internalWinId()
+ && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) {
+ // We're about to create a native child widget that doesn't have a native parent;
+ // enforce a native handle for the parent unless the Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors
+ // attribute is set.
+ d->createWinId(window);
+ // Nothing more to do.
+ Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created));
+ Q_ASSERT(internalWinId());
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+#endif //Q_WS_QPA
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (flags & Qt::WStaticContents)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents);
+ if (flags & Qt::WDestructiveClose)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
+ if (flags & Qt::WShowModal)
+ setWindowModality(Qt::ApplicationModal);
+ if (flags & Qt::WMouseNoMask)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_MouseNoMask);
+ if (flags & Qt::WGroupLeader)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader);
+ if (flags & Qt::WNoMousePropagation)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation);
+#endif
+
+ static int paintOnScreenEnv = -1;
+ if (paintOnScreenEnv == -1)
+ paintOnScreenEnv = qgetenv("QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT").toInt() > 0 ? 1 : 0;
+ if (paintOnScreenEnv == 1)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen);
+
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidget::create:" << this << "parent:" << parentWidget()
+ << "Alien?" << !testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP)
+ // Unregister the dropsite (if already registered) before we
+ // re-create the widget with a native window.
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow)
+ && d->extra && d->extra->dropTarget) {
+ d->registerDropSite(false);
+ }
+#endif // defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP)
+
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created); // set created flag
+ d->create_sys(window, initializeWindow, destroyOldWindow);
+
+ // a real toplevel window needs a backing store
+ if (isWindow() && windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
+ d->topData()->backingStore.destroy();
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport())
+ d->topData()->backingStore.create(this);
+ }
+
+ d->setModal_sys();
+
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true);
+
+#ifdef QT_EVAL
+ extern void qt_eval_init_widget(QWidget *w);
+ qt_eval_init_widget(this);
+#endif
+
+ // need to force the resting of the icon after changing parents
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon))
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys(true);
+ if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->iconText.isEmpty())
+ d->setWindowIconText_helper(d->topData()->iconText);
+ if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->caption.isEmpty())
+ d->setWindowTitle_helper(d->topData()->caption);
+ if (windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+
+ if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon))
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Destroys the widget.
+
+ All this widget's children are deleted first. The application
+ exits if this widget is the main widget.
+*/
+
+QWidget::~QWidget()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->data.in_destructor = true;
+
+#if defined (QT_CHECK_STATE)
+ if (paintingActive())
+ qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) deleted while being painted", className(), name());
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+ foreach (Qt::GestureType type, d->gestureContext.keys())
+ ungrabGesture(type);
+#endif
+
+ // force acceptDrops false before winId is destroyed.
+ d->registerDropSite(false);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+ // remove all actions from this widget
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) {
+ QActionPrivate *apriv = d->actions.at(i)->d_func();
+ apriv->widgets.removeAll(this);
+ }
+ d->actions.clear();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
+ // Remove all shortcuts grabbed by this
+ // widget, unless application is closing
+ if (!QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing && testAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut))
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(0, this, QKeySequence());
+#endif
+
+ // delete layout while we still are a valid widget
+ delete d->layout;
+ d->layout = 0;
+ // Remove myself from focus list
+
+ Q_ASSERT(d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == this);
+ Q_ASSERT(d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == this);
+
+ if (d->focus_next != this) {
+ d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev;
+ d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next;
+ d->focus_next = d->focus_prev = 0;
+ }
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::main_widget == this) { // reset main widget
+ QApplicationPrivate::main_widget = 0;
+ QApplication::quit();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QT_TRY {
+ clearFocus();
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // swallow this problem because we are in a destructor
+ }
+
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+
+ if (isWindow() && isVisible() && internalWinId()) {
+ QT_TRY {
+ d->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseNoEvent);
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // if we're out of memory, at least hide the window.
+ QT_TRY {
+ hide();
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // and if that also doesn't work, then give up
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11)|| defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+ else if (!internalWinId() && isVisible()) {
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this);
+ }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ else if (isVisible()) {
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this);
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->backingStore) {
+ // Okay, we are about to destroy the top-level window that owns
+ // the backing store. Make sure we delete the backing store right away
+ // before the window handle is invalid. This is important because
+ // the backing store will delete its window surface, which may or may
+ // not have a reference to this widget that will be used later to
+ // notify the window it no longer has a surface.
+ d->extra->topextra->backingStore.destroy();
+ }
+#endif
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) {
+ bs->removeDirtyWidget(this);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents))
+ bs->removeStaticWidget(this);
+ }
+
+ delete d->needsFlush;
+ d->needsFlush = 0;
+
+ // set all QPointers for this object to zero
+ if (d->hasGuards)
+ QObjectPrivate::clearGuards(this);
+
+ if (d->declarativeData) {
+ QAbstractDeclarativeData::destroyed(d->declarativeData, this);
+ d->declarativeData = 0; // don't activate again in ~QObject
+ }
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // QCocoaView holds a pointer back to this widget. Clear it now
+ // to make sure it's not followed later on. The lifetime of the
+ // QCocoaView might exceed the lifetime of this widget in cases
+ // where Cocoa itself holds references to it.
+ extern void qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(QWidget *);
+ qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(this);
+#endif
+
+ if (!d->children.isEmpty())
+ d->deleteChildren();
+
+ QApplication::removePostedEvents(this);
+
+ QT_TRY {
+ destroy(); // platform-dependent cleanup
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw.
+ }
+ --QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter;
+
+ if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets) // might have been deleted by ~QApplication
+ QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(this);
+
+ QT_TRY {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::Destroy);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ } QT_CATCH(const std::exception&) {
+ // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw.
+ }
+}
+
+int QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter = 0; // Current number of widget instances
+int QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = 0; // Maximum number of widget instances
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWinId(WId id) // set widget identifier
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // the user might create a widget with Qt::Desktop window
+ // attribute (or create another QDesktopWidget instance), which
+ // will have the same windowid (the root window id) as the
+ // qt_desktopWidget. We should not add the second desktop widget
+ // to the mapper.
+ bool userDesktopWidget = qt_desktopWidget != 0 && qt_desktopWidget != q && q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop;
+ if (mapper && data.winid && !userDesktopWidget) {
+ mapper->remove(data.winid);
+ }
+
+ const WId oldWinId = data.winid;
+
+ data.winid = id;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ hd = id; // X11: hd == ident
+#endif
+ if (mapper && id && !userDesktopWidget) {
+ mapper->insert(data.winid, q);
+ }
+
+ if(oldWinId != id) {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::WinIdChange);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createTLExtra()
+{
+ if (!extra)
+ createExtra();
+ if (!extra->topextra) {
+ QTLWExtra* x = extra->topextra = new QTLWExtra;
+ x->icon = 0;
+ x->iconPixmap = 0;
+ x->windowSurface = 0;
+ x->sharedPainter = 0;
+ x->incw = x->inch = 0;
+ x->basew = x->baseh = 0;
+ x->frameStrut.setCoords(0, 0, 0, 0);
+ x->normalGeometry = QRect(0,0,-1,-1);
+ x->savedFlags = 0;
+ x->opacity = 255;
+ x->posFromMove = false;
+ x->sizeAdjusted = false;
+ x->inTopLevelResize = false;
+ x->inRepaint = false;
+ x->embedded = 0;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ x->wasMaximized = false;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ createTLSysExtra();
+#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+ qDebug() << "tlextra" << ++count;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Creates the widget extra data.
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createExtra()
+{
+ if (!extra) { // if not exists
+ extra = new QWExtra;
+ extra->glContext = 0;
+ extra->topextra = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ extra->proxyWidget = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+ extra->curs = 0;
+#endif
+ extra->minw = 0;
+ extra->minh = 0;
+ extra->maxw = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+ extra->maxh = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+ extra->customDpiX = 0;
+ extra->customDpiY = 0;
+ extra->explicitMinSize = 0;
+ extra->explicitMaxSize = 0;
+ extra->autoFillBackground = 0;
+ extra->nativeChildrenForced = 0;
+ extra->inRenderWithPainter = 0;
+ extra->hasMask = 0;
+ createSysExtra();
+#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+ qDebug() << "extra" << ++count;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Deletes the widget extra data.
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::deleteExtra()
+{
+ if (extra) { // if exists
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+ delete extra->curs;
+#endif
+ deleteSysExtra();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ // dereference the stylesheet style
+ if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style))
+ proxy->deref();
+#endif
+ if (extra->topextra) {
+ deleteTLSysExtra();
+ extra->topextra->backingStore.destroy();
+ delete extra->topextra->icon;
+ delete extra->topextra->iconPixmap;
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER)
+ delete extra->topextra->qwsManager;
+#endif
+ delete extra->topextra->windowSurface;
+ delete extra->topextra;
+ }
+ delete extra;
+ // extra->xic destroyed in QWidget::destroy()
+ extra = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ Returns true if there are widgets above this which overlap with
+ \a rect, which is in parent's coordinate system (same as crect).
+*/
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::isOverlapped(const QRect &rect) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ const QWidget *w = q;
+ QRect r = rect;
+ while (w) {
+ if (w->isWindow())
+ return false;
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func();
+ bool above = false;
+ for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i));
+ if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow())
+ continue;
+ if (!above) {
+ above = (sibling == w);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (qRectIntersects(sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect), r)) {
+ const QWExtra *siblingExtra = sibling->d_func()->extra;
+ if (siblingExtra && siblingExtra->hasMask && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect
+ && !siblingExtra->mask.translated(sibling->data->crect.topLeft()).intersects(r)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ r.translate(pd->data.crect.topLeft());
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore()
+{
+ if (paintOnScreen()) {
+ repaint_sys(dirty);
+ dirty = QRegion();
+ } else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) {
+ bs->sync();
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore(const QRegion ®ion)
+{
+ if (paintOnScreen())
+ repaint_sys(region);
+ else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) {
+ bs->sync(q_func(), region);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setUpdatesEnabled_helper(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->updatesEnabled())
+ return; // nothing we can do
+
+ if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled))
+ return; // nothing to do
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, !enable);
+ if (enable)
+ q->update();
+
+ Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled : Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled;
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(attribute))
+ w->d_func()->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Propagate this widget's palette to all children, except style sheet
+ widgets, and windows that don't enable window propagation (palettes don't
+ normally propagate to windows).
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::propagatePaletteChange()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // Propagate a new inherited mask to all children.
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget;
+ inheritedPaletteResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedPaletteResolveMask | p->palette().resolve();
+ } else
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) {
+ inheritedPaletteResolveMask = 0;
+ }
+ int mask = data.pal.resolve() | inheritedPaletteResolveMask;
+
+ QEvent pc(QEvent::PaletteChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &pc);
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) {
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ wd->inheritedPaletteResolveMask = mask;
+ wd->resolvePalette();
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
+ q->paletteChange(q->palette()); // compatibility
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ Returns the widget's clipping rectangle.
+*/
+QRect QWidgetPrivate::clipRect() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ const QWidget * w = q;
+ if (!w->isVisible())
+ return QRect();
+ QRect r = effectiveRectFor(q->rect());
+ int ox = 0;
+ int oy = 0;
+ while (w
+ && w->isVisible()
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()) {
+ ox -= w->x();
+ oy -= w->y();
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ r &= QRect(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height());
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+/*
+ Returns the widget's clipping region (without siblings).
+*/
+QRegion QWidgetPrivate::clipRegion() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (!q->isVisible())
+ return QRegion();
+ QRegion r(q->rect());
+ const QWidget * w = q;
+ const QWidget *ignoreUpTo;
+ int ox = 0;
+ int oy = 0;
+ while (w
+ && w->isVisible()
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()) {
+ ox -= w->x();
+ oy -= w->y();
+ ignoreUpTo = w;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ r &= QRegion(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height());
+
+ int i = 0;
+ while(w->d_func()->children.at(i++) != static_cast<const QObject *>(ignoreUpTo))
+ ;
+ for ( ; i < w->d_func()->children.size(); ++i) {
+ if(QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(w->d_func()->children.at(i))) {
+ if(sibling->isVisible() && !sibling->isWindow()) {
+ QRect siblingRect(ox+sibling->x(), oy+sibling->y(),
+ sibling->width(), sibling->height());
+ if (qRectIntersects(siblingRect, q->rect()))
+ r -= QRegion(siblingRect);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+void QWidgetPrivate::invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ QWidget *w = q;
+ do {
+ if (w->graphicsEffect()) {
+ QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced =
+ static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *>(w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func());
+ if (!sourced->updateDueToGraphicsEffect)
+ w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func()->invalidateCache();
+ }
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ } while (w);
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setDirtyOpaqueRegion()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ dirtyOpaqueChildren = true;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively();
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+ if (q->isWindow())
+ return;
+
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ if (!parent)
+ return;
+
+ // TODO: instead of setting dirtyflag, manipulate the dirtyregion directly?
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func();
+ if (!pd->dirtyOpaqueChildren)
+ pd->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+}
+
+const QRegion &QWidgetPrivate::getOpaqueChildren() const
+{
+ if (!dirtyOpaqueChildren)
+ return opaqueChildren;
+
+ QWidgetPrivate *that = const_cast<QWidgetPrivate*>(this);
+ that->opaqueChildren = QRegion();
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (!child || !child->isVisible() || child->isWindow())
+ continue;
+
+ const QPoint offset = child->geometry().topLeft();
+ QWidgetPrivate *childd = child->d_func();
+ QRegion r = childd->isOpaque ? child->rect() : childd->getOpaqueChildren();
+ if (childd->extra && childd->extra->hasMask)
+ r &= childd->extra->mask;
+ if (r.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+ r.translate(offset);
+ that->opaqueChildren += r;
+ }
+
+ that->opaqueChildren &= q_func()->rect();
+ that->dirtyOpaqueChildren = false;
+
+ return that->opaqueChildren;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueChildren(QRegion &source, const QRect &clipRect) const
+{
+ if (children.isEmpty() || clipRect.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ const QRegion &r = getOpaqueChildren();
+ if (!r.isEmpty())
+ source -= (r & clipRect);
+}
+
+//subtract any relatives that are higher up than me --- this is too expensive !!!
+void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueSiblings(QRegion &sourceRegion, bool *hasDirtySiblingsAbove,
+ bool alsoNonOpaque) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ static int disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings = qgetenv("QT_NO_SUBTRACTOPAQUESIBLINGS").toInt();
+ if (disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings || q->isWindow())
+ return;
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (q->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar)
+ return;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+ QRect clipBoundingRect;
+ bool dirtyClipBoundingRect = true;
+
+ QRegion parentClip;
+ bool dirtyParentClip = true;
+
+ QPoint parentOffset = data.crect.topLeft();
+
+ const QWidget *w = q;
+
+ while (w) {
+ if (w->isWindow())
+ break;
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func();
+ const int myIndex = pd->children.indexOf(const_cast<QWidget *>(w));
+ const QRect widgetGeometry = w->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect);
+ for (int i = myIndex + 1; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i));
+ if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow())
+ continue;
+
+ const QRect siblingGeometry = sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect);
+ if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, widgetGeometry))
+ continue;
+
+ if (dirtyClipBoundingRect) {
+ clipBoundingRect = sourceRegion.boundingRect();
+ dirtyClipBoundingRect = false;
+ }
+
+ if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, clipBoundingRect.translated(parentOffset)))
+ continue;
+
+ if (dirtyParentClip) {
+ parentClip = sourceRegion.translated(parentOffset);
+ dirtyParentClip = false;
+ }
+
+ const QPoint siblingPos(sibling->data->crect.topLeft());
+ const QRect siblingClipRect(sibling->d_func()->clipRect());
+ QRegion siblingDirty(parentClip);
+ siblingDirty &= (siblingClipRect.translated(siblingPos));
+ const bool hasMask = sibling->d_func()->extra && sibling->d_func()->extra->hasMask
+ && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect;
+ if (hasMask)
+ siblingDirty &= sibling->d_func()->extra->mask.translated(siblingPos);
+ if (siblingDirty.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+
+ if (sibling->d_func()->isOpaque || alsoNonOpaque) {
+ if (hasMask) {
+ siblingDirty.translate(-parentOffset);
+ sourceRegion -= siblingDirty;
+ } else {
+ sourceRegion -= siblingGeometry.translated(-parentOffset);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (hasDirtySiblingsAbove)
+ *hasDirtySiblingsAbove = true;
+ if (sibling->d_func()->children.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+ QRegion opaqueSiblingChildren(sibling->d_func()->getOpaqueChildren());
+ opaqueSiblingChildren.translate(-parentOffset + siblingPos);
+ sourceRegion -= opaqueSiblingChildren;
+ }
+ if (sourceRegion.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ dirtyClipBoundingRect = true;
+ dirtyParentClip = true;
+ }
+
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ parentOffset += pd->data.crect.topLeft();
+ dirtyParentClip = true;
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::clipToEffectiveMask(QRegion ®ion) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ const QWidget *w = q;
+ QPoint offset;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ if (graphicsEffect) {
+ w = q->parentWidget();
+ offset -= data.crect.topLeft();
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+ while (w) {
+ const QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask)
+ region &= (w != q) ? wd->extra->mask.translated(offset) : wd->extra->mask;
+ if (w->isWindow())
+ return;
+ offset -= wd->data.crect.topLeft();
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::paintOnScreen() const
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+ return false;
+#elif defined(QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE)
+ return true;
+#else
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)
+ || (!q->isWindow() && q->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen))) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return !qt_enable_backingstore;
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsOpaque()
+{
+ // hw: todo: only needed if opacity actually changed
+ setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ if (graphicsEffect) {
+ // ### We should probably add QGraphicsEffect::isOpaque at some point.
+ setOpaque(false);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay)) {
+ setOpaque(false);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+ if (q->windowType() == Qt::Dialog && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground)
+ && S60->avkonComponentsSupportTransparency) {
+ setOpaque(false);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) {
+ setOpaque(true);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const QPalette &pal = q->palette();
+
+ if (q->autoFillBackground()) {
+ const QBrush &autoFillBrush = pal.brush(q->backgroundRole());
+ if (autoFillBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && autoFillBrush.isOpaque()) {
+ setOpaque(true);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) {
+ const QBrush &windowBrush = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+ if (windowBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && windowBrush.isOpaque()) {
+ setOpaque(true);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ setOpaque(false);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setOpaque(bool opaque)
+{
+ if (isOpaque == opaque)
+ return;
+ isOpaque = opaque;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ macUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ x11UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+ winUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ s60UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsTranslucent()
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ macUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ x11UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+ winUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ s60UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+}
+
+static inline void fillRegion(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(painter);
+
+ if (brush.style() == Qt::TexturePattern) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // Optimize pattern filling on mac by using HITheme directly
+ // when filling with the standard widget background.
+ // Defined in qmacstyle_mac.cpp
+ extern void qt_mac_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush);
+ qt_mac_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush);
+#else
+#if !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_S60)
+ // Defined in qs60style.cpp
+ extern bool qt_s60_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush);
+ if (!qt_s60_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush))
+#endif // !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_S60)
+ {
+ const QRect rect(rgn.boundingRect());
+ painter->setClipRegion(rgn);
+ painter->drawTiledPixmap(rect, brush.texture(), rect.topLeft());
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+
+ } else if (brush.gradient()
+ && brush.gradient()->coordinateMode() == QGradient::ObjectBoundingMode) {
+ painter->save();
+ painter->setClipRegion(rgn);
+ painter->fillRect(0, 0, painter->device()->width(), painter->device()->height(), brush);
+ painter->restore();
+ } else {
+ const QVector<QRect> &rects = rgn.rects();
+ for (int i = 0; i < rects.size(); ++i)
+ painter->fillRect(rects.at(i), brush);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::paintBackground(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, int flags) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+ bool resetBrushOrigin = false;
+ QPointF oldBrushOrigin;
+ //If we are painting the viewport of a scrollarea, we must apply an offset to the brush in case we are drawing a texture
+ QAbstractScrollArea *scrollArea = qobject_cast<QAbstractScrollArea *>(parent);
+ if (scrollArea && scrollArea->viewport() == q) {
+ QObjectData *scrollPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(scrollArea)->d_ptr.data();
+ QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *priv = static_cast<QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *>(scrollPrivate);
+ oldBrushOrigin = painter->brushOrigin();
+ resetBrushOrigin = true;
+ painter->setBrushOrigin(-priv->contentsOffset());
+
+ }
+#endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+
+ const QBrush autoFillBrush = q->palette().brush(q->backgroundRole());
+
+ if ((flags & DrawAsRoot) && !(q->autoFillBackground() && autoFillBrush.isOpaque())) {
+ const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (!(flags & DontSetCompositionMode) && painter->paintEngine()->hasFeature(QPaintEngine::PorterDuff))
+ painter->setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); //copy alpha straight in
+#endif
+ fillRegion(painter, rgn, bg);
+ }
+
+ if (q->autoFillBackground())
+ fillRegion(painter, rgn, autoFillBrush);
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground)) {
+ painter->setClipRegion(rgn);
+ QStyleOption opt;
+ opt.initFrom(q);
+ q->style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, q);
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+ if (resetBrushOrigin)
+ painter->setBrushOrigin(oldBrushOrigin);
+#endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+}
+
+/*
+ \internal
+ This function is called when a widget is hidden or destroyed.
+ It resets some application global pointers that should only refer active,
+ visible widgets.
+*/
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_button_down;
+#else
+ extern QWidget *qt_button_down;
+#endif
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::deactivateWidgetCleanup()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // If this was the active application window, reset it
+ if (QApplication::activeWindow() == q)
+ QApplication::setActiveWindow(0);
+ // If the is the active mouse press widget, reset it
+ if (q == qt_button_down)
+ qt_button_down = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle \a
+ id.
+
+ The window identifier type depends on the underlying window
+ system, see \c qwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there
+ is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::find(WId id)
+{
+ return QWidgetPrivate::mapper ? QWidgetPrivate::mapper->value(id, 0) : 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn WId QWidget::internalWinId() const
+ \internal
+ Returns the window system identifier of the widget, or 0 if the widget is not created yet.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn WId QWidget::winId() const
+
+ Returns the window system identifier of the widget.
+
+ Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to
+ do something non-portable. Be careful.
+
+ If a widget is non-native (alien) and winId() is invoked on it, that widget
+ will be provided a native handle.
+
+ On Mac OS X, the type returned depends on which framework Qt was linked
+ against. If Qt is using Carbon, the {WId} is actually an HIViewRef. If Qt
+ is using Cocoa, {WId} is a pointer to an NSView.
+
+ This value may change at run-time. An event with type QEvent::WinIdChange
+ will be sent to the widget following a change in window system identifier.
+
+ \sa find()
+*/
+WId QWidget::winId() const
+{
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || !internalWinId()) {
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidget::winId: creating native window for" << this;
+#endif
+ QWidget *that = const_cast<QWidget*>(this);
+#ifndef Q_WS_QPA
+ that->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+#endif
+ that->d_func()->createWinId();
+ return that->data->winid;
+ }
+ return data->winid;
+}
+
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createWinId(WId winid)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidgetPrivate::createWinId for" << q << winid;
+#endif
+ const bool forceNativeWindow = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || (forceNativeWindow && !q->internalWinId())) {
+#ifndef Q_WS_QPA
+ if (!q->isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func();
+ if (forceNativeWindow && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors))
+ parent->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ if (!parent->internalWinId()) {
+ pd->createWinId();
+ }
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
+ || (!w->internalWinId() && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow)))) {
+ if (w!=q) {
+ w->create();
+ } else {
+ w->create(winid);
+ // if the window has already been created, we
+ // need to raise it to its proper stacking position
+ if (winid)
+ w->raise();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ q->create();
+ }
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(winid);
+ q->create();
+#endif //Q_WS_QPA
+
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+\internal
+Ensures that the widget has a window system identifier, i.e. that it is known to the windowing system.
+
+*/
+
+void QWidget::createWinId()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidget::createWinId" << this;
+#endif
+// qWarning("QWidget::createWinId is obsolete, please fix your code.");
+ d->createWinId();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.4
+
+ Returns the effective window system identifier of the widget, i.e. the
+ native parent's window system identifier.
+
+ If the widget is native, this function returns the native widget ID.
+ Otherwise, the window ID of the first native parent widget, i.e., the
+ top-level widget that contains this widget, is returned.
+
+ \note We recommend that you do not store this value as it is likely to
+ change at run-time.
+
+ \sa nativeParentWidget()
+*/
+WId QWidget::effectiveWinId() const
+{
+ WId id = internalWinId();
+ if (id || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return id;
+ QWidget *realParent = nativeParentWidget();
++ if (!realParent && d_func()->inSetParent) {
++ // In transitional state. This is really just a workaround. The real problem
++ // is that QWidgetPrivate::setParent_sys (platform specific code) first sets
++ // the window id to 0 (setWinId(0)) before it sets the Qt::WA_WState_Created
++ // attribute to false. The correct way is to do it the other way around, and
++ // in that case the Qt::WA_WState_Created logic above will kick in and
++ // return 0 whenever the widget is in a transitional state. However, changing
++ // the original logic for all platforms is far more intrusive and might
++ // break existing applications.
++ // Note: The widget can only be in a transitional state when changing its
++ // parent -- everything else is an internal error -- hence explicitly checking
++ // against 'inSetParent' rather than doing an unconditional return whenever
++ // 'realParent' is 0 (which may cause strange artifacts and headache later).
++ return 0;
++ }
++ // This widget *must* have a native parent widget.
+ Q_ASSERT(realParent);
+ Q_ASSERT(realParent->internalWinId());
+ return realParent->internalWinId();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::styleSheet
+ \brief the widget's style sheet
+ \since 4.2
+
+ The style sheet contains a textual description of customizations to the
+ widget's style, as described in the \l{Qt Style Sheets} document.
+
+ Since Qt 4.5, Qt style sheets fully supports Mac OS X.
+
+ \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
+ subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
+
+ \sa setStyle(), QApplication::styleSheet, {Qt Style Sheets}
+*/
+QString QWidget::styleSheet() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (!d->extra)
+ return QString();
+ return d->extra->styleSheet;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+
+ QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style);
+ d->extra->styleSheet = styleSheet;
+ if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // stylesheet removed
+ if (!proxy)
+ return;
+
+ d->inheritStyle();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (proxy) { // style sheet update
+ proxy->repolish(this);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) {
+ d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(d->extra->style), true);
+ } else {
+ d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(0), true);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+
+/*!
+ \sa QWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), QApplication::style()
+*/
+
+QStyle *QWidget::style() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->style)
+ return d->extra->style;
+ return QApplication::style();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style. The ownership of the style
+ object is not transferred.
+
+ If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style,
+ QApplication::style() instead.
+
+ Setting a widget's style has no effect on existing or future child
+ widgets.
+
+ \warning This function is particularly useful for demonstration
+ purposes, where you want to show Qt's styling capabilities. Real
+ applications should avoid it and use one consistent GUI style
+ instead.
+
+ \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
+ subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
+
+ \sa style(), QStyle, QApplication::style(), QApplication::setStyle()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setStyle(QStyle *style)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle, style != 0);
+ d->createExtra();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) {
+ //if for some reason someone try to set a QStyleSheetStyle, ref it
+ //(this may happen for exemple in QButtonDialogBox which propagates its style)
+ proxy->ref();
+ d->setStyle_helper(style, false);
+ } else if (qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style) || !qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty()) {
+ // if we have an application stylesheet or have a proxy already, propagate
+ d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(style), true);
+ } else
+#endif
+ d->setStyle_helper(style, false);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setStyle_helper(QStyle *newStyle, bool propagate, bool
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ metalHack
+#endif
+ )
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ QStyle *oldStyle = q->style();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ QWeakPointer<QStyle> origStyle;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // the metalhack boolean allows Qt/Mac to do a proper re-polish depending
+ // on how the Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal attribute is set. It is only ever
+ // set when changing that attribute and passes the widget's CURRENT style.
+ // therefore no need to do a reassignment.
+ if (!metalHack)
+#endif
+ {
+ createExtra();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ origStyle = extra->style.data();
+#endif
+ extra->style = newStyle;
+ }
+
+ // repolish
+ if (q->windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
+ if (polished) {
+ oldStyle->unpolish(q);
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (metalHack)
+ macUpdateMetalAttribute();
+#endif
+ q->style()->polish(q);
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ } else if (metalHack) {
+ macUpdateMetalAttribute();
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (propagate) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *c = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (c)
+ c->d_func()->inheritStyle();
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ if (!qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(newStyle)) {
+ if (const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(origStyle.data())) {
+ cssStyle->clearWidgetFont(q);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ q->styleChange(*oldStyle);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ // dereference the old stylesheet style
+ if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(origStyle.data()))
+ proxy->deref();
+#endif
+}
+
+// Inherits style from the current parent and propagates it as necessary
+void QWidgetPrivate::inheritStyle()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = extra ? qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style) : 0;
+
+ if (!q->styleSheet().isEmpty()) {
+ Q_ASSERT(proxy);
+ proxy->repolish(q);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ QStyle *origStyle = proxy ? proxy->base : (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0);
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ QStyle *parentStyle = (parent && parent->d_func()->extra) ? (QStyle*)parent->d_func()->extra->style : 0;
+ // If we have stylesheet on app or parent has stylesheet style, we need
+ // to be running a proxy
+ if (!qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty() || qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle)) {
+ QStyle *newStyle = parentStyle;
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle))
+ newStyle = new QStyleSheetStyle(origStyle);
+ else if (QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle))
+ newProxy->ref();
+
+ setStyle_helper(newStyle, true);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // So, we have no stylesheet on parent/app and we have an empty stylesheet
+ // we just need our original style back
+ if (origStyle == (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0)) // is it any different?
+ return;
+
+ // We could have inherited the proxy from our parent (which has a custom style)
+ // In such a case we need to start following the application style (i.e revert
+ // the propagation behavior of QStyleSheetStyle)
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle))
+ origStyle = 0;
+
+ setStyle_helper(origStyle, true);
+#endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style using the QStyleFactory.
+*/
+QStyle* QWidget::setStyle(const QString &style)
+{
+ QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create(style);
+ setStyle(s);
+ return s;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isWindow() const
+
+ Returns true if the widget is an independent window, otherwise
+ returns false.
+
+ A window is a widget that isn't visually the child of any other
+ widget and that usually has a frame and a
+ \l{QWidget::setWindowTitle()}{window title}.
+
+ A window can have a \l{QWidget::parentWidget()}{parent widget}.
+ It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted when the
+ parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized etc. If
+ supported by the window manager, it will also have a common
+ taskbar entry with its parent.
+
+ QDialog and QMainWindow widgets are by default windows, even if a
+ parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
+ specified by the Qt::Window flag.
+
+ \sa window(), isModal(), parentWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::modal
+ \brief whether the widget is a modal widget
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget
+ prevents widgets in all other windows from getting any input.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa isWindow(), windowModality, QDialog
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowModality
+ \brief which windows are blocked by the modal widget
+ \since 4.1
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget
+ prevents widgets in other windows from getting input. The value of
+ this property controls which windows are blocked when the widget
+ is visible. Changing this property while the window is visible has
+ no effect; you must hide() the widget first, then show() it again.
+
+ By default, this property is Qt::NonModal.
+
+ \sa isWindow(), QWidget::modal, QDialog
+*/
+
+Qt::WindowModality QWidget::windowModality() const
+{
+ return static_cast<Qt::WindowModality>(data->window_modality);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModality windowModality)
+{
+ data->window_modality = windowModality;
+ // setModal_sys() will be called by setAttribute()
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowModal, (data->window_modality != Qt::NonModal));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowModality, true);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::underMouse() const
+
+ Returns true if the widget is under the mouse cursor; otherwise
+ returns false.
+
+ This value is not updated properly during drag and drop
+ operations.
+
+ \sa enterEvent(), leaveEvent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimized
+ \brief whether this widget is minimized (iconified)
+
+ This property is only relevant for windows.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa showMinimized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), maximized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isMinimized() const
+{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMinimized; }
+
+/*!
+ Shows the widget minimized, as an icon.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible(),
+ isMinimized()
+*/
+void QWidget::showMinimized()
+{
+ bool isMin = isMinimized();
+ if (isMin && isVisible())
+ return;
+
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ if (!isMin)
+ setWindowState((windowState() & ~Qt::WindowActive) | Qt::WindowMinimized);
+ show();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximized
+ \brief whether this widget is maximized
+
+ This property is only relevant for windows.
+
+ \note Due to limitations on some window systems, this does not always
+ report the expected results (e.g., if the user on X11 maximizes the
+ window via the window manager, Qt has no way of distinguishing this
+ from any other resize). This is expected to improve as window manager
+ protocols evolve.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa windowState(), showMaximized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), minimized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isMaximized() const
+{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMaximized; }
+
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed
+ combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized,
+ Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive.
+
+ \sa Qt::WindowState setWindowState()
+ */
+Qt::WindowStates QWidget::windowState() const
+{
+ return Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ The function sets the window state on child widgets similar to
+ setWindowState(). The difference is that the window state changed
+ event has the isOverride() flag set. It exists mainly to keep
+ Q3Workspace working.
+ */
+void QWidget::overrideWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate)
+{
+ QWindowStateChangeEvent e(Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state), true);
+ data->window_state = newstate;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates windowState)
+
+ Sets the window state to \a windowState. The window state is a OR'ed
+ combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized,
+ Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive.
+
+ If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns false), the
+ window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible
+ windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between
+ full-screen and normal mode, use the following code:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 0
+
+ In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while
+ preserving its maximized and/or full-screen state), use the following:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 1
+
+ Calling this function will hide the widget. You must call show() to make
+ the widget visible again.
+
+ \note On some window systems Qt::WindowActive is not immediate, and may be
+ ignored in certain cases.
+
+ When the window state changes, the widget receives a changeEvent()
+ of type QEvent::WindowStateChange.
+
+ \sa Qt::WindowState windowState()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::fullScreen
+ \brief whether the widget is shown in full screen mode
+
+ A widget in full screen mode occupies the whole screen area and does not
+ display window decorations, such as a title bar.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa windowState(), minimized, maximized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isFullScreen() const
+{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowFullScreen; }
+
+/*!
+ Shows the widget in full-screen mode.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ To return from full-screen mode, call showNormal().
+
+ Full-screen mode works fine under Windows, but has certain
+ problems under X. These problems are due to limitations of the
+ ICCCM protocol that specifies the communication between X11
+ clients and the window manager. ICCCM simply does not understand
+ the concept of non-decorated full-screen windows. Therefore, the
+ best we can do is to request a borderless window and place and
+ resize it to fill the entire screen. Depending on the window
+ manager, this may or may not work. The borderless window is
+ requested using MOTIF hints, which are at least partially
+ supported by virtually all modern window managers.
+
+ An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and
+ create a window with the Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint flag. This
+ has other severe problems though, like totally broken keyboard focus
+ and very strange effects on desktop changes or when the user raises
+ other windows.
+
+ X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications
+ support full-screen mode properly.
+
+ \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showFullScreen()
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // If the unified toolbar is enabled, we have to disable it before going fullscreen.
+ QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this);
+ if (mainWindow && mainWindow->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()) {
+ mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(false);
+ QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout());
+ mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = true;
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowMaximized))
+ | Qt::WindowFullScreen);
+ show();
+ activateWindow();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Shows the widget maximized.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window
+ managers. See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an explanation.
+
+ \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showMaximized()
+{
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowFullScreen))
+ | Qt::WindowMaximized);
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back.
+ QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this);
+ if (mainWindow)
+ {
+ QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout());
+ if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) {
+ mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true);
+ mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false;
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ show();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ \sa setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showNormal()
+{
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized
+ | Qt::WindowMaximized
+ | Qt::WindowFullScreen));
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back.
+ QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this);
+ if (mainWindow)
+ {
+ QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout());
+ if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) {
+ mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true);
+ mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false;
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ show();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget would become enabled if \a ancestor is
+ enabled; otherwise returns false.
+
+
+
+ This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up
+ to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly disabled.
+
+ isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled().
+
+ \sa setEnabled() enabled
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isEnabledTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
+{
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()
+ && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ return !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+/*!
+ Appends the action \a action to this widget's list of actions.
+
+ All QWidgets have a list of \l{QAction}s, however they can be
+ represented graphically in many different ways. The default use of
+ the QAction list (as returned by actions()) is to create a context
+ QMenu.
+
+ A QWidget should only have one of each action and adding an action
+ it already has will not cause the same action to be in the widget twice.
+
+ The ownership of \a action is not transferred to this QWidget.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), insertAction(), actions(), QMenu
+*/
+void QWidget::addAction(QAction *action)
+{
+ insertAction(0, action);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Appends the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), QMenu, addAction()
+*/
+void QWidget::addActions(QList<QAction*> actions)
+{
+ for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++)
+ insertAction(0, actions.at(i));
+}
+
+/*!
+ Inserts the action \a action to this widget's list of actions,
+ before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or
+ \a before is not a valid action for this widget.
+
+ A QWidget should only have one of each action.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), addAction(), QMenu, contextMenuPolicy, actions()
+*/
+void QWidget::insertAction(QAction *before, QAction *action)
+{
+ if(!action) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::insertAction: Attempt to insert null action");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if(d->actions.contains(action))
+ removeAction(action);
+
+ int pos = d->actions.indexOf(before);
+ if (pos < 0) {
+ before = 0;
+ pos = d->actions.size();
+ }
+ d->actions.insert(pos, action);
+
+ QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func();
+ apriv->widgets.append(this);
+
+ QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionAdded, action, before);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Inserts the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions,
+ before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or
+ \a before is not a valid action for this widget.
+
+ A QWidget can have at most one of each action.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), QMenu, insertAction(), contextMenuPolicy
+*/
+void QWidget::insertActions(QAction *before, QList<QAction*> actions)
+{
+ for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i)
+ insertAction(before, actions.at(i));
+}
+
+/*!
+ Removes the action \a action from this widget's list of actions.
+ \sa insertAction(), actions(), insertAction()
+*/
+void QWidget::removeAction(QAction *action)
+{
+ if (!action)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func();
+ apriv->widgets.removeAll(this);
+
+ if (d->actions.removeAll(action)) {
+ QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionRemoved, action);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the (possibly empty) list of this widget's actions.
+
+ \sa contextMenuPolicy, insertAction(), removeAction()
+*/
+QList<QAction*> QWidget::actions() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->actions;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW() const
+ \obsolete
+
+ This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::enabled
+ \brief whether the widget is enabled
+
+ An enabled widget handles keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
+ widget does not.
+
+ Some widgets display themselves differently when they are
+ disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If
+ your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you
+ can use the changeEvent() with type QEvent::EnabledChange.
+
+ Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
+ respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
+ explicitly disabled.
+
+ By default, this property is true.
+
+ \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled, !enable);
+ d->setEnabled_helper(enable);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setEnabled_helper(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->isEnabled())
+ return; // nothing we can do
+
+ if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled))
+ return; // nothing to do
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled, !enable);
+ updateSystemBackground();
+
+ if (!enable && q->window()->focusWidget() == q) {
+ bool parentIsEnabled = (!q->parentWidget() || q->parentWidget()->isEnabled());
+ if (!parentIsEnabled || !q->focusNextChild())
+ q->clearFocus();
+ }
+
+ Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceDisabled : Qt::WA_Disabled;
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->testAttribute(attribute))
+ w->d_func()->setEnabled_helper(enable);
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) || q->isWindow()) {
+ // enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on
+ // disabled widgets
+ qt_x11_enforce_cursor(q);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+ setEnabled_helper_sys(enable);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) && q->hasFocus()) {
+ QWidget *focusWidget = effectiveFocusWidget();
+ QInputContext *qic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext();
+ if (enable) {
+ if (focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
+ qic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget);
+ } else {
+ qic->reset();
+ qic->setFocusWidget(0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+ QEvent e(QEvent::EnabledChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ q->enabledChange(!enable); // compatibility
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::acceptDrops
+ \brief whether drop events are enabled for this widget
+
+ Setting this property to true announces to the system that this
+ widget \e may be able to accept drop events.
+
+ If the widget is the desktop (windowType() == Qt::Desktop), this may
+ fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call
+ acceptDrops() to test if this occurs.
+
+ \warning Do not modify this property in a drag and drop event handler.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa {Drag and Drop}
+*/
+bool QWidget::acceptDrops() const
+{
+ return testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool on)
+{
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops, on);
+
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::enabledChange(bool)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::languageChange()
+
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle& style)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Disables widget input events if \a disable is true; otherwise
+ enables input events.
+
+ See the \l enabled documentation for more information.
+
+ \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setDisabled(bool disable)
+{
+ setEnabled(!disable);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::frameGeometry
+ \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any
+ window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa geometry() x() y() pos()
+*/
+QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ QRect fs = d->frameStrut();
+ return QRect(data->crect.x() - fs.left(),
+ data->crect.y() - fs.top(),
+ data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(),
+ data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom());
+ }
+ return data->crect;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::x
+
+ \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including
+ any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry, y, pos
+*/
+int QWidget::x() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup))
+ return data->crect.x() - d->frameStrut().left();
+ return data->crect.x();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::y
+ \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and
+ including any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry, x, pos
+*/
+int QWidget::y() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup))
+ return data->crect.y() - d->frameStrut().top();
+ return data->crect.y();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::pos
+ \brief the position of the widget within its parent widget
+
+ If the widget is a window, the position is that of the widget on
+ the desktop, including its frame.
+
+ When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a
+ move event (moveEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not
+ currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it
+ is shown.
+
+ By default, this property contains a position that refers to the
+ origin.
+
+ \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can
+ lead to infinite recursion.
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry, size x(), y()
+*/
+QPoint QWidget::pos() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ QRect fs = d->frameStrut();
+ return QPoint(data->crect.x() - fs.left(), data->crect.y() - fs.top());
+ }
+ return data->crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::geometry
+ \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and
+ excluding the window frame
+
+ When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a
+ move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize event (resizeEvent())
+ immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
+ guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
+
+ The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range
+ defined by minimumSize() and maximumSize().
+
+ \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
+ can lead to infinite recursion.
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), move(), resize(), moveEvent(),
+ resizeEvent(), minimumSize(), maximumSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::normalGeometry
+
+ \brief the geometry of the widget as it will appear when shown as
+ a normal (not maximized or full screen) top-level widget
+
+ For child widgets this property always holds an empty rectangle.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty rectangle.
+
+ \sa QWidget::windowState(), QWidget::geometry
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::size
+ \brief the size of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+ If the widget is visible when it is being resized, it receives a resize event
+ (resizeEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
+ visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
+
+ The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
+ minimumSize() and maximumSize().
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \warning Calling resize() or setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() can
+ lead to infinite recursion.
+
+ \note Setting the size to \c{QSize(0, 0)} will cause the widget to not
+ appear on screen. This also applies to windows.
+
+ \sa pos, geometry, minimumSize, maximumSize, resizeEvent(), adjustSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::width
+ \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ \note Do not use this function to find the width of a screen on
+ a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read
+ \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa geometry, height, size
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::height
+ \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ \note Do not use this function to find the height of a screen
+ on a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read
+ \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa geometry, width, size
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::rect
+ \brief the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window
+ frame
+
+ The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()).
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa size
+*/
+
+
+QRect QWidget::normalGeometry() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (!d->extra || !d->extra->topextra)
+ return QRect();
+
+ if (!isMaximized() && !isFullScreen())
+ return geometry();
+
+ return d->topData()->normalGeometry;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::childrenRect
+ \brief the bounding rectangle of the widget's children
+
+ Hidden children are excluded.
+
+ By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains a
+ rectangle with zero width and height located at the origin.
+
+ \sa childrenRegion() geometry()
+*/
+
+QRect QWidget::childrenRect() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QRect r(0, 0, 0, 0);
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden())
+ r |= w->geometry();
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::childrenRegion
+ \brief the combined region occupied by the widget's children
+
+ Hidden children are excluded.
+
+ By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains an
+ empty region.
+
+ \sa childrenRect() geometry() mask()
+*/
+
+QRegion QWidget::childrenRegion() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QRegion r;
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden()) {
+ QRegion mask = w->mask();
+ if (mask.isEmpty())
+ r |= w->geometry();
+ else
+ r |= mask.translated(w->pos());
+ }
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumSize
+ \brief the widget's minimum size
+
+ The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum
+ widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if
+ the current size is smaller.
+
+ The minimum size set by this function will override the minimum size
+ defined by QLayout. In order to unset the minimum size, use a
+ value of \c{QSize(0, 0)}.
+
+ By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height.
+
+ \sa minimumWidth, minimumHeight, maximumSize, sizeIncrement
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::minimumSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->minw, d->extra->minh) : QSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximumSize
+ \brief the widget's maximum size in pixels
+
+ The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum
+ widget size.
+
+ By default, this property contains a size in which both width and height
+ have values of 16777215.
+
+ \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size
+ of widgets.
+
+ \sa maximumWidth, maximumHeight, minimumSize, sizeIncrement
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::maximumSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->maxw, d->extra->maxh)
+ : QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumWidth
+ \brief the widget's minimum width in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the width held by the \l minimumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa minimumSize, minimumHeight
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumHeight
+ \brief the widget's minimum height in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the height held by the \l minimumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa minimumSize, minimumWidth
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximumWidth
+ \brief the widget's maximum width in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the width held by the \l maximumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value of 16777215.
+
+ \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size
+ of widgets.
+
+ \sa maximumSize, maximumHeight
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximumHeight
+ \brief the widget's maximum height in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the height held by the \l maximumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value of 16777215.
+
+ \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size
+ of widgets.
+
+ \sa maximumSize, maximumWidth
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::sizeIncrement
+ \brief the size increment of the widget
+
+ When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
+ sizeIncrement().width() pixels horizontally and
+ sizeIncrement.height() pixels vertically, with baseSize() as the
+ basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers \e i
+ and \e j:
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 2
+
+ Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
+ only affects windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height.
+
+ \warning The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may
+ be disregarded by the window manager on X11.
+
+ \sa size, minimumSize, maximumSize
+*/
+QSize QWidget::sizeIncrement() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra)
+ ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->incw, d->extra->topextra->inch)
+ : QSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::baseSize
+ \brief the base size of the widget
+
+ The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the
+ widget defines sizeIncrement().
+
+ By default, for a newly-created widget, this property contains a size with
+ zero width and height.
+
+ \sa setSizeIncrement()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::baseSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra != 0 && d->extra->topextra != 0)
+ ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->basew, d->extra->topextra->baseh)
+ : QSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::setMinimumSize_helper(int &minw, int &minh)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ const QRect maxWindowRect = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(q));
+ if (!maxWindowRect.isEmpty()) {
+ // ### This is really just a work-around. Layout shouldn't be
+ // asking for minimum sizes bigger than the screen.
+ if (minw > maxWindowRect.width())
+ minw = maxWindowRect.width();
+ if (minh > maxWindowRect.height())
+ minh = maxWindowRect.height();
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ int mw = minw, mh = minh;
+ if (mw == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+ mw = 0;
+ if (mh == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+ mh = 0;
+ if (minw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || minh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) "
+ "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+ QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ minw = mw = qMin<int>(minw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ minh = mh = qMin<int>(minh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ }
+ if (minw < 0 || minh < 0) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) "
+ "are not possible",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), minw, minh);
+ minw = mw = qMax(minw, 0);
+ minh = mh = qMax(minh, 0);
+ }
+ createExtra();
+ if (extra->minw == mw && extra->minh == mh)
+ return false;
+ extra->minw = mw;
+ extra->minh = mh;
+ extra->explicitMinSize = (mw ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) | (mh ? Qt::Vertical : 0);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This function corresponds to setMinimumSize(QSize(minw, minh)).
+ Sets the minimum width to \a minw and the minimum height to \a
+ minh.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumSize(int minw, int minh)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!d->setMinimumSize_helper(minw, minh))
+ return;
+
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+ if (minw > width() || minh > height()) {
+ bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ bool maximized = isMaximized();
+ resize(qMax(minw,width()), qMax(minh,height()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize
+ if (maximized)
+ data->window_state = data->window_state | Qt::WindowMaximized;
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (d->extra) {
+ if (d->extra->proxyWidget)
+ d->extra->proxyWidget->setMinimumSize(minw, minh);
+ }
+#endif
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh);
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::setMaximumSize_helper(int &maxw, int &maxh)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (maxw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || maxh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) "
+ "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+ QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ maxw = qMin<int>(maxw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ maxh = qMin<int>(maxh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ }
+ if (maxw < 0 || maxh < 0) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) "
+ "are not possible",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), maxw, maxh);
+ maxw = qMax(maxw, 0);
+ maxh = qMax(maxh, 0);
+ }
+ createExtra();
+ if (extra->maxw == maxw && extra->maxh == maxh)
+ return false;
+ extra->maxw = maxw;
+ extra->maxh = maxh;
+ extra->explicitMaxSize = (maxw != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) |
+ (maxh != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Vertical : 0);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This function corresponds to setMaximumSize(QSize(\a maxw, \a
+ maxh)). Sets the maximum width to \a maxw and the maximum height
+ to \a maxh.
+*/
+void QWidget::setMaximumSize(int maxw, int maxh)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!d->setMaximumSize_helper(maxw, maxh))
+ return;
+
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+ if (maxw < width() || maxh < height()) {
+ bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ resize(qMin(maxw,width()), qMin(maxh,height()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (d->extra) {
+ if (d->extra->proxyWidget)
+ d->extra->proxyWidget->setMaximumSize(maxw, maxh);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the x (width) size increment to \a w and the y (height) size
+ increment to \a h.
+*/
+void QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int w, int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createTLExtra();
+ QTLWExtra* x = d->topData();
+ if (x->incw == w && x->inch == h)
+ return;
+ x->incw = w;
+ x->inch = h;
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to setBaseSize(QSize(\a basew, \a baseh)). Sets
+ the widgets base size to width \a basew and height \a baseh.
+*/
+void QWidget::setBaseSize(int basew, int baseh)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createTLExtra();
+ QTLWExtra* x = d->topData();
+ if (x->basew == basew && x->baseh == baseh)
+ return;
+ x->basew = basew;
+ x->baseh = baseh;
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to \a s,
+ thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking.
+
+ This will override the default size constraints set by QLayout.
+
+ To remove constraints, set the size to QWIDGETSIZE_MAX.
+
+ Alternatively, if you want the widget to have a
+ fixed size based on its contents, you can call
+ QLayout::setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetFixedSize);
+
+ \sa maximumSize, minimumSize
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedSize(const QSize & s)
+{
+ setFixedSize(s.width(), s.height());
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the width of the widget to \a w and the height to \a h.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ // temporary fix for 4.3.x.
+ // Should move the embedded spesific contraints in setMinimumSize_helper into QLayout
+ int tmpW = w;
+ int tmpH = h;
+ bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(tmpW, tmpH);
+#else
+ bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(w, h);
+#endif
+ bool maxSizeSet = d->setMaximumSize_helper(w, h);
+ if (!minSizeSet && !maxSizeSet)
+ return;
+
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+ else
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(true);
+
+ if (w != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || h != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+ resize(w, h);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumWidth(int w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (w ? Qt::Horizontal : 0);
+ setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height());
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumHeight(int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (h ? Qt::Vertical : 0);
+ setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h);
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMaximumWidth(int w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (w == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Horizontal);
+ setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height());
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMaximumHeight(int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (h == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Vertical);
+ setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h);
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to \a w
+ without changing the heights. Provided for convenience.
+
+ \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedWidth(int w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Horizontal;
+ uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Horizontal;
+ setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height());
+ setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height());
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin;
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to \a h
+ without changing the widths. Provided for convenience.
+
+ \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedHeight(int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Vertical;
+ uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Vertical;
+ setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h);
+ setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h);
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin;
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to the coordinate system
+ of \a parent. The \a parent must not be 0 and must be a parent
+ of the calling widget.
+
+ \sa mapFrom() mapToParent() mapToGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapTo(QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const
+{
+ QPoint p = pos;
+ if (parent) {
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (w != parent) {
+ Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapTo(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)",
+ "parent must be in parent hierarchy");
+ p = w->mapToParent(p);
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos from the coordinate system
+ of \a parent to this widget's coordinate system. The \a parent
+ must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget.
+
+ \sa mapTo() mapFromParent() mapFromGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFrom(QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const
+{
+ QPoint p(pos);
+ if (parent) {
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (w != parent) {
+ Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapFrom(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)",
+ "parent must be in parent hierarchy");
+
+ p = w->mapFromParent(p);
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to a coordinate in the
+ parent widget.
+
+ Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
+
+ \sa mapFromParent() mapTo() mapToGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapToParent(const QPoint &pos) const
+{
+ return pos + data->crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Translates the parent widget coordinate \a pos to widget
+ coordinates.
+
+ Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
+
+ \sa mapToParent() mapFrom() mapFromGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFromParent(const QPoint &pos) const
+{
+ return pos - data->crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the window for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget
+ that has (or could have) a window-system frame.
+
+ If the widget is a window, the widget itself is returned.
+
+ Typical usage is changing the window title:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 3
+
+ \sa isWindow()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::window() const
+{
+ QWidget *w = (QWidget *)this;
+ QWidget *p = w->parentWidget();
+ while (!w->isWindow() && p) {
+ w = p;
+ p = p->parentWidget();
+ }
+ return w;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.4
+
+ Returns the native parent for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget
+ that has a system identifier, or 0 if it does not have any native parent.
+
+ \sa effectiveWinId()
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::nativeParentWidget() const
+{
+ QWidget *parent = parentWidget();
+ while (parent && !parent->internalWinId())
+ parent = parent->parentWidget();
+ return parent;
+}
+
+/*! \fn QWidget *QWidget::topLevelWidget() const
+ \obsolete
+
+ Use window() instead.
+*/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ Returns the color role used for painting the widget's background.
+
+ Use QPalette(backgroundRole(()) instead.
+*/
+Qt::BackgroundMode QWidget::backgroundMode() const
+{
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground))
+ return Qt::NoBackground;
+ switch(backgroundRole()) {
+ case QPalette::WindowText:
+ return Qt::PaletteForeground;
+ case QPalette::Button:
+ return Qt::PaletteButton;
+ case QPalette::Light:
+ return Qt::PaletteLight;
+ case QPalette::Midlight:
+ return Qt::PaletteMidlight;
+ case QPalette::Dark:
+ return Qt::PaletteDark;
+ case QPalette::Mid:
+ return Qt::PaletteMid;
+ case QPalette::Text:
+ return Qt::PaletteText;
+ case QPalette::BrightText:
+ return Qt::PaletteBrightText;
+ case QPalette::Base:
+ return Qt::PaletteBase;
+ case QPalette::Window:
+ return Qt::PaletteBackground;
+ case QPalette::Shadow:
+ return Qt::PaletteShadow;
+ case QPalette::Highlight:
+ return Qt::PaletteHighlight;
+ case QPalette::HighlightedText:
+ return Qt::PaletteHighlightedText;
+ case QPalette::ButtonText:
+ return Qt::PaletteButtonText;
+ case QPalette::Link:
+ return Qt::PaletteLink;
+ case QPalette::LinkVisited:
+ return Qt::PaletteLinkVisited;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return Qt::NoBackground;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(Qt::BackgroundMode
+ widgetBackground, Qt::BackgroundMode paletteBackground)
+
+ Sets the color role used for painting the widget's background to
+ background mode \a widgetBackground. The \a paletteBackground mode
+ parameter is ignored.
+*/
+void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(Qt::BackgroundMode m, Qt::BackgroundMode)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if(m == Qt::NoBackground) {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, true);
+ return;
+ }
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, false);
+ d->fg_role = QPalette::NoRole;
+ QPalette::ColorRole role = d->bg_role;
+ switch(m) {
+ case Qt::FixedColor:
+ case Qt::FixedPixmap:
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteForeground:
+ role = QPalette::WindowText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteButton:
+ role = QPalette::Button;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteLight:
+ role = QPalette::Light;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteMidlight:
+ role = QPalette::Midlight;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteDark:
+ role = QPalette::Dark;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteMid:
+ role = QPalette::Mid;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteText:
+ role = QPalette::Text;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteBrightText:
+ role = QPalette::BrightText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteBase:
+ role = QPalette::Base;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteBackground:
+ role = QPalette::Window;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteShadow:
+ role = QPalette::Shadow;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteHighlight:
+ role = QPalette::Highlight;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteHighlightedText:
+ role = QPalette::HighlightedText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteButtonText:
+ role = QPalette::ButtonText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteLink:
+ role = QPalette::Link;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteLinkVisited:
+ role = QPalette::LinkVisited;
+ break;
+ case Qt::X11ParentRelative:
+ d->fg_role = role = QPalette::NoRole;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ setBackgroundRole(role);
+}
+
+/*!
+ The widget mapper is no longer part of the public API.
+*/
+QT3_SUPPORT QWidgetMapper *QWidget::wmapper() { return QWidgetPrivate::mapper; }
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the background role of the widget.
+
+ The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to render the background.
+
+ If no explicit background role is set, the widget inherts its parent
+ widget's background role.
+
+ \sa setBackgroundRole(), foregroundRole()
+ */
+QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::backgroundRole() const
+{
+
+ const QWidget *w = this;
+ do {
+ QPalette::ColorRole role = w->d_func()->bg_role;
+ if (role != QPalette::NoRole)
+ return role;
+ if (w->isWindow() || w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow)
+ break;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ } while (w);
+ return QPalette::Window;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the background role of the widget to \a role.
+
+ The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to render the background.
+
+ If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, then the widget inherits its
+ parent's background role.
+
+ Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette.
+ You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't
+ achieve the result you want with setBackgroundRole().
+
+ \sa backgroundRole(), foregroundRole()
+ */
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->bg_role = role;
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+ d->propagatePaletteChange();
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the foreground role.
+
+ The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to draw the foreground.
+
+ If no explicit foreground role is set, the function returns a role
+ that contrasts with the background role.
+
+ \sa setForegroundRole(), backgroundRole()
+ */
+QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::foregroundRole() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QPalette::ColorRole rl = QPalette::ColorRole(d->fg_role);
+ if (rl != QPalette::NoRole)
+ return rl;
+ QPalette::ColorRole role = QPalette::WindowText;
+ switch (backgroundRole()) {
+ case QPalette::Button:
+ role = QPalette::ButtonText;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::Base:
+ role = QPalette::Text;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::Dark:
+ case QPalette::Shadow:
+ role = QPalette::Light;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::Highlight:
+ role = QPalette::HighlightedText;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::ToolTipBase:
+ role = QPalette::ToolTipText;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return role;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the foreground role of the widget to \a role.
+
+ The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to draw the foreground.
+
+ If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, the widget uses a foreground role
+ that contrasts with the background role.
+
+ Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette.
+ You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't
+ achieve the result you want with setForegroundRole().
+
+ \sa foregroundRole(), backgroundRole()
+ */
+void QWidget::setForegroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->fg_role = role;
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+ d->propagatePaletteChange();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::palette
+ \brief the widget's palette
+
+ This property describes the widget's palette. The palette is used by the
+ widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as a
+ means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the
+ native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or
+ different styles, have different palettes.
+
+ When you assign a new palette to a widget, the color roles from this
+ palette are combined with the widget's default palette to form the
+ widget's final palette. The palette entry for the widget's background role
+ is used to fill the widget's background (see QWidget::autoFillBackground),
+ and the foreground role initializes QPainter's pen.
+
+ The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a
+ system/theme palette which serves as a default for all widgets. There may
+ also be special palette defaults for certain types of widgets (e.g., on
+ Windows XP and Vista, all classes that derive from QMenuBar have a special
+ default palette). You can also define default palettes for widgets
+ yourself by passing a custom palette and the name of a widget to
+ QApplication::setPalette(). Finally, the style always has the option of
+ polishing the palette as it's assigned (see QStyle::polish()).
+
+ QWidget propagates explicit palette roles from parent to child. If you
+ assign a brush or color to a specific role on a palette and assign that
+ palette to a widget, that role will propagate to all the widget's
+ children, overriding any system defaults for that role. Note that palettes
+ by default don't propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the
+ Qt::WA_WindowPropagation attribute is enabled.
+
+ QWidget's palette propagation is similar to its font propagation.
+
+ The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt
+ widgets, is free to choose colors and brushes from the widget palette, or
+ in some cases, to ignore the palette (partially, or completely). In
+ particular, certain styles like GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and
+ Vista style, depend on third party APIs to render the content of widgets,
+ and these styles typically do not follow the palette. Because of this,
+ assigning roles to a widget's palette is not guaranteed to change the
+ appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose to apply a \l
+ styleSheet. You can refer to our Knowledge Base article
+ \l{http://qt.nokia.com/developer/knowledgebase/22}{here} for more
+ information.
+
+ \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
+ When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using
+ the "color", "background-color", "selection-color",
+ "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color".
+
+ \sa QApplication::palette(), QWidget::font()
+*/
+const QPalette &QWidget::palette() const
+{
+ if (!isEnabled()) {
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Disabled);
+ } else if ((!isVisible() || isActiveWindow())
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
+ && !QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(const_cast<QWidget *>(this))
+#endif
+ ) {
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active);
+ } else {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ extern bool qt_mac_can_clickThrough(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+ if (qt_mac_can_clickThrough(this))
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active);
+ else
+#endif
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Inactive);
+ }
+ return data->pal;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &palette)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette, palette.resolve() != 0);
+
+ // Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and
+ // QApplication::palette, resolve this against \a palette (attributes from
+ // the inherited palette are copied over this widget's palette). Then
+ // propagate this palette to this widget's children.
+ QPalette naturalPalette = d->naturalWidgetPalette(d->inheritedPaletteResolveMask);
+ QPalette resolvedPalette = palette.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ d->setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Returns the palette that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and
+ QApplication::palette. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's
+ ancestors palette request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent
+ widget's palette are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note
+ that this font does not take into account the palette set on \a w itself.
+*/
+QPalette QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetPalette(uint inheritedMask) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ QPalette naturalPalette = QApplication::palette(q);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ || (extra && extra->proxyWidget)
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ )) {
+ if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) {
+ if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) {
+ if (!naturalPalette.isCopyOf(QApplication::palette())) {
+ QPalette inheritedPalette = p->palette();
+ inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ } else {
+ naturalPalette = p->palette();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QPalette inheritedPalette = extra->proxyWidget->palette();
+ inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ }
+ naturalPalette.resolve(0);
+ return naturalPalette;
+}
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and
+ QApplication::palette, resolve this against this widget's palette
+ (attributes from the inherited palette are copied over this widget's
+ palette). Then propagate this palette to this widget's children.
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolvePalette()
+{
+ QPalette naturalPalette = naturalWidgetPalette(inheritedPaletteResolveMask);
+ QPalette resolvedPalette = data.pal.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (data.pal == palette && data.pal.resolve() == palette.resolve())
+ return;
+ data.pal = palette;
+ updateSystemBackground();
+ propagatePaletteChange();
+ updateIsOpaque();
+ q->update();
+ updateIsOpaque();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::font
+ \brief the font currently set for the widget
+
+ This property describes the widget's requested font. The font is used by
+ the widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as
+ a means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the
+ native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or
+ different styles, define different fonts for an application.
+
+ When you assign a new font to a widget, the properties from this font are
+ combined with the widget's default font to form the widget's final
+ font. You can call fontInfo() to get a copy of the widget's final
+ font. The final font is also used to initialize QPainter's font.
+
+ The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a
+ system/theme font which serves as a default for all widgets. There may
+ also be special font defaults for certain types of widgets. You can also
+ define default fonts for widgets yourself by passing a custom font and the
+ name of a widget to QApplication::setFont(). Finally, the font is matched
+ against Qt's font database to find the best match.
+
+ QWidget propagates explicit font properties from parent to child. If you
+ change a specific property on a font and assign that font to a widget,
+ that property will propagate to all the widget's children, overriding any
+ system defaults for that property. Note that fonts by default don't
+ propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the Qt::WA_WindowPropagation
+ attribute is enabled.
+
+ QWidget's font propagation is similar to its palette propagation.
+
+ The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt
+ widgets, is free to choose to use the widget font, or in some cases, to
+ ignore it (partially, or completely). In particular, certain styles like
+ GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and Vista style, apply special
+ modifications to the widget font to match the platform's native look and
+ feel. Because of this, assigning properties to a widget's font is not
+ guaranteed to change the appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose
+ to apply a \l styleSheet.
+
+ \note If \l{Qt Style Sheets} are used on the same widget as setFont(),
+ style sheets will take precedence if the settings conflict.
+
+ \sa fontInfo(), fontMetrics()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &font)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ const QStyleSheetStyle* style;
+ if (d->extra && (style = qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(d->extra->style))) {
+ style->saveWidgetFont(this, font);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont, font.resolve() != 0);
+
+ // Determine which font is inherited from this widget's ancestors and
+ // QApplication::font, resolve this against \a font (attributes from the
+ // inherited font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this
+ // widget's children.
+ QFont naturalFont = d->naturalWidgetFont(d->inheritedFontResolveMask);
+ QFont resolvedFont = font.resolve(naturalFont);
+ d->setFont_helper(resolvedFont);
+}
+
+/*
+ \internal
+
+ Returns the font that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and
+ QApplication::font. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's
+ ancestors font request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent
+ widget's font are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note
+ that this font does not take into account the font set on \a w itself.
+
+ ### Stylesheet has a different font propagation mechanism. When a stylesheet
+ is applied, fonts are not propagated anymore
+*/
+QFont QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetFont(uint inheritedMask) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ QFont naturalFont = QApplication::font(q);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ || (extra && extra->proxyWidget)
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ )) {
+ if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) {
+ if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) {
+ if (!naturalFont.isCopyOf(QApplication::font())) {
+ QFont inheritedFont = p->font();
+ inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont);
+ } else {
+ naturalFont = p->font();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QFont inheritedFont = extra->proxyWidget->font();
+ inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont);
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ }
+ naturalFont.resolve(0);
+ return naturalFont;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Determine which font is implicitly imposed on this widget by its ancestors
+ and QApplication::font, resolve this against its own font (attributes from
+ the implicit font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this
+ widget's children.
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolveFont()
+{
+ QFont naturalFont = naturalWidgetFont(inheritedFontResolveMask);
+ QFont resolvedFont = data.fnt.resolve(naturalFont);
+ setFont_helper(resolvedFont);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Assign \a font to this widget, and propagate it to all children, except
+ style sheet widgets (handled differently) and windows that don't enable
+ window propagation. \a implicitMask is the union of all ancestor widgets'
+ font request masks, and determines which attributes from this widget's
+ font should propagate.
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateFont(const QFont &font)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle;
+ cssStyle = extra ? qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(extra->style) : 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ QFont old = data.fnt;
+#endif
+ data.fnt = QFont(font, q);
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ // make sure the font set on this widget is associated with the correct screen
+ data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen());
+#endif
+ // Combine new mask with natural mask and propagate to children.
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget;
+ inheritedFontResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedFontResolveMask | p->font().resolve();
+ } else
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) {
+ inheritedFontResolveMask = 0;
+ }
+ uint newMask = data.fnt.resolve() | inheritedFontResolveMask;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (w) {
+ if (0) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ } else if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) {
+ // Style sheets follow a different font propagation scheme.
+ if (cssStyle)
+ cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(w);
+#endif
+ } else if ((!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) {
+ // Propagate font changes.
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ wd->inheritedFontResolveMask = newMask;
+ wd->resolveFont();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ if (cssStyle) {
+ cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(q);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::FontChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ q->fontChange(old);
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutDirection_helper(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if ( (direction == Qt::RightToLeft) == q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft))
+ return;
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft, (direction == Qt::RightToLeft));
+ if (!children.isEmpty()) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection))
+ w->d_func()->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction);
+ }
+ }
+ QEvent e(QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLayoutDirection()
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection))
+ setLayoutDirection_helper(q->isWindow() ? QApplication::layoutDirection() : q->parentWidget()->layoutDirection());
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::layoutDirection
+
+ \brief the layout direction for this widget
+
+ By default, this property is set to Qt::LeftToRight.
+
+ When the layout direction is set on a widget, it will propagate to
+ the widget's children, but not to a child that is a window and not
+ to a child for which setLayoutDirection() has been explicitly
+ called. Also, child widgets added \e after setLayoutDirection()
+ has been called for the parent do not inherit the parent's layout
+ direction.
+
+ This method no longer affects text layout direction since Qt 4.7.
+
+ \sa QApplication::layoutDirection
+*/
+void QWidget::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if (direction == Qt::LayoutDirectionAuto) {
+ unsetLayoutDirection();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection);
+ d->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction);
+}
+
+Qt::LayoutDirection QWidget::layoutDirection() const
+{
+ return testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft) ? Qt::RightToLeft : Qt::LeftToRight;
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetLayoutDirection()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection, false);
+ d->resolveLayoutDirection();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics() const
+
+ Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font.
+ Equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()).
+
+ \sa font(), fontInfo(), setFont()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo() const
+
+ Returns the font info for the widget's current font.
+ Equivalent to QFontInto(widget->font()).
+
+ \sa font(), fontMetrics(), setFont()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::cursor
+ \brief the cursor shape for this widget
+
+ The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this
+ widget. See the \link Qt::CursorShape list of predefined cursor
+ objects\endlink for a range of useful shapes.
+
+ An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor:
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 6
+
+ If no cursor has been set, or after a call to unsetCursor(), the
+ parent's cursor is used.
+
+ By default, this property contains a cursor with the Qt::ArrowCursor
+ shape.
+
+ Some underlying window implementations will reset the cursor if it
+ leaves a widget even if the mouse is grabbed. If you want to have
+ a cursor set for all widgets, even when outside the window, consider
+ QApplication::setOverrideCursor().
+
+ \sa QApplication::setOverrideCursor()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+QCursor QWidget::cursor() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor))
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->curs)
+ ? *d->extra->curs
+ : QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
+ if (isWindow() || !parentWidget())
+ return QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
+ return parentWidget()->cursor();
+}
+
+void QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+// On Mac we must set the cursor even if it is the ArrowCursor.
+#if !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+ if (cursor.shape() != Qt::ArrowCursor
+ || (d->extra && d->extra->curs))
+#endif
+ {
+ d->createExtra();
+ QCursor *newCursor = new QCursor(cursor);
+ delete d->extra->curs;
+ d->extra->curs = newCursor;
+ }
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor);
+ d->setCursor_sys(cursor);
+
+ QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event);
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetCursor()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->extra) {
+ delete d->extra->curs;
+ d->extra->curs = 0;
+ }
+ if (!isWindow())
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor, false);
+ d->unsetCursor_sys();
+
+ QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \enum QWidget::RenderFlag
+
+ This enum describes how to render the widget when calling QWidget::render().
+
+ \value DrawWindowBackground If you enable this option, the widget's background
+ is rendered into the target even if autoFillBackground is not set. By default,
+ this option is enabled.
+
+ \value DrawChildren If you enable this option, the widget's children
+ are rendered recursively into the target. By default, this option is enabled.
+
+ \value IgnoreMask If you enable this option, the widget's QWidget::mask()
+ is ignored when rendering into the target. By default, this option is disabled.
+
+ \since 4.3
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.3
+
+ Renders the \a sourceRegion of this widget into the \a target
+ using \a renderFlags to determine how to render. Rendering
+ starts at \a targetOffset in the \a target. For example:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 7
+
+ If \a sourceRegion is a null region, this function will use QWidget::rect() as
+ the region, i.e. the entire widget.
+
+ Ensure that you call QPainter::end() for the \a target device's
+ active painter (if any) before rendering. For example:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 8
+
+ \note To obtain the contents of an OpenGL widget, use QGLWidget::grabFrameBuffer()
+ or QGLWidget::renderPixmap() instead.
+*/
+void QWidget::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset,
+ const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ d_func()->render(target, targetOffset, sourceRegion, renderFlags, false);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Renders the widget into the \a painter's QPainter::device().
+
+ Transformations and settings applied to the \a painter will be used
+ when rendering.
+
+ \note The \a painter must be active. On Mac OS X the widget will be
+ rendered into a QPixmap and then drawn by the \a painter.
+
+ \sa QPainter::device()
+*/
+void QWidget::render(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset,
+ const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ if (!painter) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::render: Null pointer to painter");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!painter->isActive()) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::render: Cannot render with an inactive painter");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const qreal opacity = painter->opacity();
+ if (qFuzzyIsNull(opacity))
+ return; // Fully transparent.
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ const bool inRenderWithPainter = d->extra && d->extra->inRenderWithPainter;
+ const QRegion toBePainted = !inRenderWithPainter ? d->prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags)
+ : sourceRegion;
+ if (toBePainted.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = true;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags);
+#else
+ QPaintEngine *engine = painter->paintEngine();
+ Q_ASSERT(engine);
+ QPaintEnginePrivate *enginePriv = engine->d_func();
+ Q_ASSERT(enginePriv);
+ QPaintDevice *target = engine->paintDevice();
+ Q_ASSERT(target);
+
+ // Render via a pixmap when dealing with non-opaque painters or printers.
+ if (!inRenderWithPainter && (opacity < 1.0 || (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer))) {
+ d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags);
+ d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Set new shared painter.
+ QPainter *oldPainter = d->sharedPainter();
+ d->setSharedPainter(painter);
+
+ // Save current system clip, viewport and transform,
+ const QTransform oldTransform = enginePriv->systemTransform;
+ const QRegion oldSystemClip = enginePriv->systemClip;
+ const QRegion oldSystemViewport = enginePriv->systemViewport;
+
+ // This ensures that all painting triggered by render() is clipped to the current engine clip.
+ if (painter->hasClipping()) {
+ const QRegion painterClip = painter->deviceTransform().map(painter->clipRegion());
+ enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip.isEmpty() ? painterClip : oldSystemClip & painterClip);
+ } else {
+ enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip);
+ }
+
+ render(target, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags);
+
+ // Restore system clip, viewport and transform.
+ enginePriv->systemClip = oldSystemClip;
+ enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemViewport);
+ enginePriv->setSystemTransform(oldTransform);
+
+ // Restore shared painter.
+ d->setSharedPainter(oldPainter);
+#endif
+
+ d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \brief The graphicsEffect function returns a pointer to the
+ widget's graphics effect.
+
+ If the widget has no graphics effect, 0 is returned.
+
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \sa setGraphicsEffect()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+QGraphicsEffect *QWidget::graphicsEffect() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->graphicsEffect;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+/*!
+
+ \brief The setGraphicsEffect function is for setting the widget's graphics effect.
+
+ Sets \a effect as the widget's effect. If there already is an effect installed
+ on this widget, QWidget will delete the existing effect before installing
+ the new \a effect.
+
+ If \a effect is the installed on a different widget, setGraphicsEffect() will remove
+ the effect from the widget and install it on this widget.
+
+ QWidget takes ownership of \a effect.
+
+ \note This function will apply the effect on itself and all its children.
+
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \sa graphicsEffect()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+void QWidget::setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->graphicsEffect == effect)
+ return;
+
+ if (d->graphicsEffect) {
+ d->invalidateBuffer(rect());
+ delete d->graphicsEffect;
+ d->graphicsEffect = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (effect) {
+ // Set new effect.
+ QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = new QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate(this);
+ QGraphicsEffectSource *source = new QGraphicsEffectSource(*sourced);
+ d->graphicsEffect = effect;
+ effect->d_func()->setGraphicsEffectSource(source);
+ update();
+ }
+
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::isAboutToShow() const
+{
+ if (data.in_show)
+ return true;
+
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (q->isHidden())
+ return false;
+
+ // The widget will be shown if any of its ancestors are about to show.
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ return parent ? parent->d_func()->isAboutToShow() : false;
+}
+
+QRegion QWidgetPrivate::prepareToRender(const QRegion ®ion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ const bool isVisible = q->isVisible();
+
+ // Make sure the widget is laid out correctly.
+ if (!isVisible && !isAboutToShow()) {
+ QWidget *topLevel = q->window();
+ (void)topLevel->d_func()->topData(); // Make sure we at least have top-data.
+ topLevel->ensurePolished();
+
+ // Invalidate the layout of hidden ancestors (incl. myself) and pretend
+ // they're not explicitly hidden.
+ QWidget *widget = q;
+ QWidgetList hiddenWidgets;
+ while (widget) {
+ if (widget->isHidden()) {
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false);
+ hiddenWidgets.append(widget);
+ if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)
+ widget->d_func()->updateGeometry_helper(true);
+ }
+ widget = widget->parentWidget();
+ }
+
+ // Activate top-level layout.
+ if (topLevel->d_func()->layout)
+ topLevel->d_func()->layout->activate();
+
+ // Adjust size if necessary.
+ QTLWExtra *topLevelExtra = topLevel->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (topLevelExtra && !topLevelExtra->sizeAdjusted
+ && !topLevel->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized)) {
+ topLevel->adjustSize();
+ topLevel->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false);
+ }
+
+ // Activate child layouts.
+ topLevel->d_func()->activateChildLayoutsRecursively();
+
+ // We're not cheating with WA_WState_Hidden anymore.
+ for (int i = 0; i < hiddenWidgets.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *widget = hiddenWidgets.at(i);
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+ if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)
+ widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate();
+ }
+ } else if (isVisible) {
+ q->window()->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(true, true);
+ }
+
+ // Calculate the region to be painted.
+ QRegion toBePainted = !region.isEmpty() ? region : QRegion(q->rect());
+ if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::IgnoreMask) && extra && extra->hasMask)
+ toBePainted &= extra->mask;
+ return toBePainted;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::render_helper(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset, const QRegion &toBePainted,
+ QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(painter);
+ Q_ASSERT(!toBePainted.isEmpty());
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ const QTransform originalTransform = painter->worldTransform();
+ const bool useDeviceCoordinates = originalTransform.isScaling();
+ if (!useDeviceCoordinates) {
+#endif
+ // Render via a pixmap.
+ const QRect rect = toBePainted.boundingRect();
+ const QSize size = rect.size();
+ if (size.isNull())
+ return;
+
+ QPixmap pixmap(size);
+ if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground) || !isOpaque)
+ pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent);
+ q->render(&pixmap, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags);
+
+ const bool restore = !(painter->renderHints() & QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform);
+ painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, true);
+
+ painter->drawPixmap(targetOffset, pixmap);
+
+ if (restore)
+ painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, false);
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ } else {
+ // Render via a pixmap in device coordinates (to avoid pixmap scaling).
+ QTransform transform = originalTransform;
+ transform.translate(targetOffset.x(), targetOffset.y());
+
+ QPaintDevice *device = painter->device();
+ Q_ASSERT(device);
+
+ // Calculate device rect.
+ const QRectF rect(toBePainted.boundingRect());
+ QRect deviceRect = transform.mapRect(QRectF(0, 0, rect.width(), rect.height())).toAlignedRect();
+ deviceRect &= QRect(0, 0, device->width(), device->height());
+
+ QPixmap pixmap(deviceRect.size());
+ pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent);
+
+ // Create a pixmap device coordinate painter.
+ QPainter pixmapPainter(&pixmap);
+ pixmapPainter.setRenderHints(painter->renderHints());
+ transform *= QTransform::fromTranslate(-deviceRect.x(), -deviceRect.y());
+ pixmapPainter.setTransform(transform);
+
+ q->render(&pixmapPainter, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags);
+ pixmapPainter.end();
+
+ // And then draw the pixmap.
+ painter->setTransform(QTransform());
+ painter->drawPixmap(deviceRect.topLeft(), pixmap);
+ painter->setTransform(originalTransform);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::drawWidget(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoint &offset, int flags,
+ QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore)
+{
+ if (rgn.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+ if (qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget)
+ dirtyOnWidget = QRegion();
+
+ // We disable the rendering of QToolBar in the backingStore if
+ // it's supposed to be in the unified toolbar on Mac OS X.
+ if (backingStore && isInUnifiedToolbar)
+ return;
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ if (graphicsEffect && graphicsEffect->isEnabled()) {
+ QGraphicsEffectSource *source = graphicsEffect->d_func()->source;
+ QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *>
+ (source->d_func());
+ if (!sourced->context) {
+ QWidgetPaintContext context(pdev, rgn, offset, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ sourced->context = &context;
+ if (!sharedPainter) {
+ QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine();
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = rgn.translated(offset);
+ QPainter p(pdev);
+ p.translate(offset);
+ context.painter = &p;
+ graphicsEffect->draw(&p);
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion();
+ } else {
+ context.painter = sharedPainter;
+ if (sharedPainter->worldTransform() != sourced->lastEffectTransform) {
+ sourced->invalidateCache();
+ sourced->lastEffectTransform = sharedPainter->worldTransform();
+ }
+ sharedPainter->save();
+ sharedPainter->translate(offset);
+ graphicsEffect->draw(sharedPainter);
+ sharedPainter->restore();
+ }
+ sourced->context = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAFFICSEFFECT
+
+ const bool asRoot = flags & DrawAsRoot;
+ const bool alsoOnScreen = flags & DrawPaintOnScreen;
+ const bool recursive = flags & DrawRecursive;
+ const bool alsoInvisible = flags & DrawInvisible;
+
+ Q_ASSERT(sharedPainter ? sharedPainter->isActive() : true);
+
+ QRegion toBePainted(rgn);
+ if (asRoot && !alsoInvisible)
+ toBePainted &= clipRect(); //(rgn & visibleRegion());
+ if (!(flags & DontSubtractOpaqueChildren))
+ subtractOpaqueChildren(toBePainted, q->rect());
+
+ if (!toBePainted.isEmpty()) {
+ bool onScreen = paintOnScreen();
+ if (!onScreen || alsoOnScreen) {
+ //update the "in paint event" flag
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent))
+ qWarning("QWidget::repaint: Recursive repaint detected");
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent);
+
+ //clip away the new area
+#ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG
+ bool flushed = QWidgetBackingStore::flushPaint(q, toBePainted);
+#endif
+ QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine();
+ if (paintEngine) {
+ setRedirected(pdev, -offset);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // (Alien support) Special case for Mac when redirecting: If the paint device
+ // is of the Widget type we need to set WA_WState_InPaintEvent since painting
+ // outside the paint event is not supported on QWidgets. The attributeis
+ // restored further down.
+ if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+ static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent);
+
+#endif
+ if (sharedPainter)
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = toBePainted;
+ else
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = q->data->crect;
+
+ //paint the background
+ if ((asRoot || q->autoFillBackground() || onScreen || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground))
+ && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) {
+ QPainter p(q);
+ paintBackground(&p, toBePainted, (asRoot || onScreen) ? flags | DrawAsRoot : 0);
+ }
+
+ if (!sharedPainter)
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = toBePainted.translated(offset);
+
+ if (!onScreen && !asRoot && !isOpaque && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TintedBackground)) {
+ QPainter p(q);
+ QColor tint = q->palette().window().color();
+ tint.setAlphaF(qreal(.6));
+ p.fillRect(toBePainted.boundingRect(), tint);
+ }
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ qDebug() << "painting" << q << "opaque ==" << isOpaque();
+ qDebug() << "clipping to" << toBePainted << "location == " << offset
+ << "geometry ==" << QRect(q->mapTo(q->window(), QPoint(0, 0)), q->size());
+#endif
+
+ //actually send the paint event
+ QPaintEvent e(toBePainted);
+ QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e);
+#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ if (backingStore && !onScreen && !asRoot && (q->internalWinId() || !q->nativeParentWidget()->isWindow()))
+ backingStore->markDirtyOnScreen(toBePainted, q, offset);
+#endif
+
+ //restore
+ if (paintEngine) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+ static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false);
+#endif
+ restoreRedirected();
+ if (!sharedPainter)
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = QRect();
+ else
+ paintEngine->d_func()->currentClipDevice = 0;
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion();
+ }
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false);
+ if (q->paintingActive() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent))
+ qWarning("QWidget::repaint: It is dangerous to leave painters active on a widget outside of the PaintEvent");
+
+ if (paintEngine && paintEngine->autoDestruct()) {
+ delete paintEngine;
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG
+ if (flushed)
+ QWidgetBackingStore::unflushPaint(q, toBePainted);
+#endif
+ } else if (q->isWindow()) {
+ QPaintEngine *engine = pdev->paintEngine();
+ if (engine) {
+ QPainter p(pdev);
+ p.setClipRegion(toBePainted);
+ const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+ if (bg.style() == Qt::TexturePattern)
+ p.drawTiledPixmap(q->rect(), bg.texture());
+ else
+ p.fillRect(q->rect(), bg);
+
+ if (engine->autoDestruct())
+ delete engine;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (recursive && !children.isEmpty()) {
+ paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, children, children.size() - 1, rgn, offset, flags & ~DrawAsRoot
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ , q->windowSurface()
+#endif
+ , sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset,
+ const QRegion &sourceRegion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags,
+ bool readyToRender)
+{
+ if (!target) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::render: null pointer to paint device");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const bool inRenderWithPainter = extra && extra->inRenderWithPainter;
+ QRegion paintRegion = !inRenderWithPainter && !readyToRender
+ ? prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags)
+ : sourceRegion;
+ if (paintRegion.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ QPainter *oldSharedPainter = inRenderWithPainter ? sharedPainter() : 0;
+
+ // Use the target's shared painter if set (typically set when doing
+ // "other->render(widget);" in the widget's paintEvent.
+ if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget) {
+ QWidgetPrivate *targetPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func();
+ if (targetPrivate->extra && targetPrivate->extra->inRenderWithPainter) {
+ QPainter *targetPainter = targetPrivate->sharedPainter();
+ if (targetPainter && targetPainter->isActive())
+ setSharedPainter(targetPainter);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // Use the target's redirected device if set and adjust offset and paint
+ // region accordingly. This is typically the case when people call render
+ // from the paintEvent.
+ QPoint offset = targetOffset;
+ offset -= paintRegion.boundingRect().topLeft();
+ QPoint redirectionOffset;
+ QPaintDevice *redirected = 0;
+
+ if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+ redirected = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func()->redirected(&redirectionOffset);
+ if (!redirected)
+ redirected = QPainter::redirected(target, &redirectionOffset);
+
+ if (redirected) {
+ target = redirected;
+ offset -= redirectionOffset;
+ }
+
+ if (!inRenderWithPainter) { // Clip handled by shared painter (in qpainter.cpp).
+ if (QPaintEngine *targetEngine = target->paintEngine()) {
+ const QRegion targetSystemClip = targetEngine->systemClip();
+ if (!targetSystemClip.isEmpty())
+ paintRegion &= targetSystemClip.translated(-offset);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set backingstore flags.
+ int flags = DrawPaintOnScreen | DrawInvisible;
+ if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground)
+ flags |= DrawAsRoot;
+
+ if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawChildren)
+ flags |= DrawRecursive;
+ else
+ flags |= DontSubtractOpaqueChildren;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ flags |= DontSetCompositionMode;
+#endif
+
+ if (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer) {
+ QPainter p(target);
+ render_helper(&p, targetOffset, paintRegion, renderFlags);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ // Render via backingstore.
+ drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, sharedPainter());
+
+ // Restore shared painter.
+ if (oldSharedPainter)
+ setSharedPainter(oldSharedPainter);
+#else
+ // Render via backingstore (no shared painter).
+ drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::paintSiblingsRecursive(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QObjectList& siblings, int index, const QRegion &rgn,
+ const QPoint &offset, int flags
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ , const QWindowSurface *currentSurface
+#endif
+ , QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore)
+{
+ QWidget *w = 0;
+ QRect boundingRect;
+ bool dirtyBoundingRect = true;
+ const bool exludeOpaqueChildren = (flags & DontDrawOpaqueChildren);
+ const bool excludeNativeChildren = (flags & DontDrawNativeChildren);
+
+ do {
+ QWidget *x = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(siblings.at(index));
+ if (x && !(exludeOpaqueChildren && x->d_func()->isOpaque) && !x->isHidden() && !x->isWindow()
+ && !(excludeNativeChildren && x->internalWinId())) {
+ if (dirtyBoundingRect) {
+ boundingRect = rgn.boundingRect();
+ dirtyBoundingRect = false;
+ }
+
+ if (qRectIntersects(boundingRect, x->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(x->data->crect))) {
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ if (x->windowSurface() == currentSurface)
+#endif
+ {
+ w = x;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ --index;
+ } while (index >= 0);
+
+ if (!w)
+ return;
+
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ const QPoint widgetPos(w->data->crect.topLeft());
+ const bool hasMask = wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask && !wd->graphicsEffect;
+ if (index > 0) {
+ QRegion wr(rgn);
+ if (wd->isOpaque)
+ wr -= hasMask ? wd->extra->mask.translated(widgetPos) : w->data->crect;
+ paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, siblings, --index, wr, offset, flags
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ , currentSurface
+#endif
+ , sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ }
+
+ if (w->updatesEnabled()
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ && (!w->d_func()->extra || !w->d_func()->extra->proxyWidget)
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ ) {
+ QRegion wRegion(rgn);
+ wRegion &= wd->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect);
+ wRegion.translate(-widgetPos);
+ if (hasMask)
+ wRegion &= wd->extra->mask;
+ wd->drawWidget(pdev, wRegion, offset + widgetPos, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+QRectF QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const
+{
+ if (system != Qt::DeviceCoordinates)
+ return m_widget->rect();
+
+ if (!context) {
+ // Device coordinates without context not yet supported.
+ qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::boundingRect: Not yet implemented, lacking device context");
+ return QRectF();
+ }
+
+ return context->painter->worldTransform().mapRect(m_widget->rect());
+}
+
+void QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::draw(QPainter *painter)
+{
+ if (!context || context->painter != painter) {
+ m_widget->render(painter);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // The region saved in the context is neither clipped to the rect
+ // nor the mask, so we have to clip it here before calling drawWidget.
+ QRegion toBePainted = context->rgn;
+ toBePainted &= m_widget->rect();
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = qt_widget_private(m_widget);
+ if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask)
+ toBePainted &= wd->extra->mask;
+
+ wd->drawWidget(context->pdev, toBePainted, context->offset, context->flags,
+ context->sharedPainter, context->backingStore);
+}
+
+QPixmap QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset,
+ QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const
+{
+ const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates);
+ if (!context && deviceCoordinates) {
+ // Device coordinates without context not yet supported.
+ qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap: Not yet implemented, lacking device context");
+ return QPixmap();
+ }
+
+ QPoint pixmapOffset;
+ QRectF sourceRect = m_widget->rect();
+
+ if (deviceCoordinates) {
+ const QTransform &painterTransform = context->painter->worldTransform();
+ sourceRect = painterTransform.mapRect(sourceRect);
+ pixmapOffset = painterTransform.map(pixmapOffset);
+ }
+
+ QRect effectRect;
+
+ if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect)
+ effectRect = m_widget->graphicsEffect()->boundingRectFor(sourceRect).toAlignedRect();
+ else if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder)
+ effectRect = sourceRect.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1).toAlignedRect();
+ else
+ effectRect = sourceRect.toAlignedRect();
+
+ if (offset)
+ *offset = effectRect.topLeft();
+
+ pixmapOffset -= effectRect.topLeft();
+
+ QPixmap pixmap(effectRect.size());
+ pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent);
+ m_widget->render(&pixmap, pixmapOffset, QRegion(), QWidget::DrawChildren);
+ return pixmap;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Finds the nearest widget embedded in a graphics proxy widget along the chain formed by this
+ widget and its ancestors. The search starts at \a origin (inclusive).
+ If successful, the function returns the proxy that embeds the widget, or 0 if no embedded
+ widget was found.
+*/
+QGraphicsProxyWidget * QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(const QWidget *origin)
+{
+ if (origin) {
+ QWExtra *extra = origin->d_func()->extra;
+ if (extra && extra->proxyWidget)
+ return extra->proxyWidget;
+ return nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(origin->parentWidget());
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::locale
+ \brief the widget's locale
+ \since 4.3
+
+ As long as no special locale has been set, this is either
+ the parent's locale or (if this widget is a top level widget),
+ the default locale.
+
+ If the widget displays dates or numbers, these should be formatted
+ using the widget's locale.
+
+ \sa QLocale QLocale::setDefault()
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLocale_helper(const QLocale &loc, bool forceUpdate)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (locale == loc && !forceUpdate)
+ return;
+
+ locale = loc;
+
+ if (!children.isEmpty()) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (!w)
+ continue;
+ if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale))
+ continue;
+ if (w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))
+ continue;
+ w->d_func()->setLocale_helper(loc, forceUpdate);
+ }
+ }
+ QEvent e(QEvent::LocaleChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setLocale(const QLocale &locale)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale);
+ d->setLocale_helper(locale);
+}
+
+QLocale QWidget::locale() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ return d->locale;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLocale()
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale)) {
+ setLocale_helper(q->isWindow()
+ ? QLocale()
+ : q->parentWidget()->locale());
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetLocale()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale, false);
+ d->resolveLocale();
+}
+
+static QString constructWindowTitleFromFilePath(const QString &filePath)
+{
+ QFileInfo fi(filePath);
+ QString windowTitle = fi.fileName() + QLatin1String("[*]");
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ QString appName = QApplication::applicationName();
+ if (!appName.isEmpty())
+ windowTitle += QLatin1Char(' ') + QChar(0x2014) + QLatin1Char(' ') + appName;
+#endif
+ return windowTitle;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowTitle
+ \brief the window title (caption)
+
+ This property only makes sense for top-level widgets, such as
+ windows and dialogs. If no caption has been set, the title is based of the
+ \l windowFilePath. If neither of these is set, then the title is
+ an empty string.
+
+ If you use the \l windowModified mechanism, the window title must
+ contain a "[*]" placeholder, which indicates where the '*' should
+ appear. Normally, it should appear right after the file name
+ (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text Editor"). If the \l
+ windowModified property is false (the default), the placeholder
+ is simply removed.
+
+ \sa windowIcon, windowIconText, windowModified, windowFilePath
+*/
+QString QWidget::windowTitle() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) {
+ if (!d->extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty())
+ return d->extra->topextra->caption;
+ if (!d->extra->topextra->filePath.isEmpty())
+ return constructWindowTitleFromFilePath(d->extra->topextra->filePath);
+ }
+ return QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns a modified window title with the [*] place holder
+ replaced according to the rules described in QWidget::setWindowTitle
+
+ This function assumes that "[*]" can be quoted by another
+ "[*]", so it will replace two place holders by one and
+ a single last one by either "*" or nothing depending on
+ the modified flag.
+
+ \internal
+*/
+QString qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(const QString &title, const QWidget *widget)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(widget);
+
+#ifdef QT_EVAL
+ extern QString qt_eval_adapt_window_title(const QString &title);
+ QString cap = qt_eval_adapt_window_title(title);
+#else
+ QString cap = title;
+#endif
+
+ if (cap.isEmpty())
+ return cap;
+
+ QLatin1String placeHolder("[*]");
+ int placeHolderLength = 3; // QLatin1String doesn't have length()
+
+ int index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder);
+
+ // here the magic begins
+ while (index != -1) {
+ index += placeHolderLength;
+ int count = 1;
+ while (cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index) == index) {
+ ++count;
+ index += placeHolderLength;
+ }
+
+ if (count%2) { // odd number of [*] -> replace last one
+ int lastIndex = cap.lastIndexOf(placeHolder, index - 1);
+ if (widget->isWindowModified()
+ && widget->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_TitleBar_ModifyNotification, 0, widget))
+ cap.replace(lastIndex, 3, QWidget::tr("*"));
+ else
+ cap.remove(lastIndex, 3);
+ }
+
+ index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index);
+ }
+
+ cap.replace(QLatin1String("[*][*]"), placeHolder);
+
+ return cap;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowTitle_helper(const QString &title)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ setWindowTitle_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q));
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIconText_helper(const QString &title)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ setWindowIconText_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q));
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowIconText(const QString &iconText)
+{
+ if (QWidget::windowIconText() == iconText)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->topData()->iconText = iconText;
+ d->setWindowIconText_helper(iconText);
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::IconTextChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowTitle(const QString &title)
+{
+ if (QWidget::windowTitle() == title && !title.isEmpty() && !title.isNull())
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->topData()->caption = title;
+ d->setWindowTitle_helper(title);
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::WindowTitleChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowIcon
+ \brief the widget's icon
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon
+ has been set, windowIcon() returns the application icon
+ (QApplication::windowIcon()).
+
+ \sa windowIconText, windowTitle
+*/
+QIcon QWidget::windowIcon() const
+{
+ const QWidget *w = this;
+ while (w) {
+ const QWidgetPrivate *d = w->d_func();
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->icon)
+ return *d->extra->topextra->icon;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ return QApplication::windowIcon();
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIcon_helper()
+{
+ QEvent e(QEvent::WindowIconChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q_func(), &e);
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow())
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon, !icon.isNull());
+ d->createTLExtra();
+
+ if (!d->extra->topextra->icon)
+ d->extra->topextra->icon = new QIcon();
+ *d->extra->topextra->icon = icon;
+
+ delete d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap;
+ d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap = 0;
+
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys();
+ d->setWindowIcon_helper();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowIconText
+ \brief the widget's icon text
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon
+ text has been set, this functions returns an empty string.
+
+ \sa windowIcon, windowTitle
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::windowIconText() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconText : QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowFilePath
+ \since 4.4
+ \brief the file path associated with a widget
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. It associates a file path with
+ a window. If you set the file path, but have not set the window title, Qt
+ sets the window title to contain a string created using the following
+ components.
+
+ On Mac OS X:
+
+ \list
+ \o The file name of the specified path, obtained using QFileInfo::fileName().
+ \endlist
+
+ On Windows and X11:
+
+ \list
+ \o The file name of the specified path, obtained using QFileInfo::fileName().
+ \o An optional \c{*} character, if the \l windowModified property is set.
+ \o The \c{0x2014} unicode character, padded either side by spaces.
+ \o The application name, obtained from the application's
+ \l{QCoreApplication::}{applicationName} property.
+ \endlist
+
+ If the window title is set at any point, then the window title takes precedence and
+ will be shown instead of the file path string.
+
+ Additionally, on Mac OS X, this has an added benefit that it sets the
+ \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/XHIGWindows/chapter_17_section_3.html}{proxy icon}
+ for the window, assuming that the file path exists.
+
+ If no file path is set, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa windowTitle, windowIcon
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::windowFilePath() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->filePath : QString();
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowFilePath(const QString &filePath)
+{
+ if (filePath == windowFilePath())
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ d->createTLExtra();
+ d->extra->topextra->filePath = filePath;
+ d->setWindowFilePath_helper(filePath);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowFilePath_helper(const QString &filePath)
+{
+ if (extra->topextra && extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty()) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ setWindowTitle_helper(QFileInfo(filePath).fileName());
+#else
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ Q_UNUSED(filePath);
+ setWindowTitle_helper(q->windowTitle());
+#endif
+ }
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ setWindowFilePath_sys(filePath);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the window's role, or an empty string.
+
+ \sa windowIcon, windowTitle
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::windowRole() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->role : QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the window's role to \a role. This only makes sense for
+ windows on X11.
+*/
+void QWidget::setWindowRole(const QString &role)
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->topData()->role = role;
+ d->setWindowRole();
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(role)
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::mouseTracking
+ \brief whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget
+
+ If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only
+ receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
+ pressed while the mouse is being moved.
+
+ If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move
+ events even if no buttons are pressed.
+
+ \sa mouseMoveEvent()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget \a w. If \a w is 0, the
+ function resets this widget to have no focus proxy.
+
+ Some widgets can "have focus", but create a child widget, such as
+ QLineEdit, to actually handle the focus. In this case, the widget
+ can set the line edit to be its focus proxy.
+
+ setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when
+ "this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, setFocus() and
+ hasFocus() operate on the focus proxy.
+
+ \sa focusProxy()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget * w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!w && !d->extra)
+ return;
+
+ for (QWidget* fp = w; fp; fp = fp->focusProxy()) {
+ if (fp == this) {
+ qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) already in focus proxy chain", metaObject()->className(), objectName().toLocal8Bit().constData());
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ d->createExtra();
+ d->extra->focus_proxy = w;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy.
+
+ \sa setFocusProxy()
+*/
+
+QWidget * QWidget::focusProxy() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? (QWidget *)d->extra->focus_proxy : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::focus
+ \brief whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard
+ input focus
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \note Obtaining the value of this property for a widget is effectively equivalent
+ to checking whether QApplication::focusWidget() refers to the widget.
+
+ \sa setFocus(), clearFocus(), setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget()
+*/
+bool QWidget::hasFocus() const
+{
+ const QWidget* w = this;
+ while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+ if (QWidget *window = w->window()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ QWExtra *e = window->d_func()->extra;
+ if (e && e->proxyWidget && e->proxyWidget->hasFocus() && window->focusWidget() == w)
+ return true;
+#endif
+ }
+ return (QApplication::focusWidget() == w);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus
+ proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the \link
+ isActiveWindow() active window\endlink. The \a reason argument will
+ be passed into any focus event sent from this function, it is used
+ to give an explanation of what caused the widget to get focus.
+ If the window is not active, the widget will be given the focus when
+ the window becomes active.
+
+ First, a focus out event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to
+ tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then a focus in event
+ is sent to this widget to tell it that it just received the focus.
+ (Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the
+ same.)
+
+ \note On embedded platforms, setFocus() will not cause an input panel
+ to be opened by the input method. If you want this to happen, you
+ have to send a QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel event to the
+ widget yourself.
+
+ setFocus() gives focus to a widget regardless of its focus policy,
+ but does not clear any keyboard grab (see grabKeyboard()).
+
+ Be aware that if the widget is hidden, it will not accept focus
+ until it is shown.
+
+ \warning If you call setFocus() in a function which may itself be
+ called from focusOutEvent() or focusInEvent(), you may get an
+ infinite recursion.
+
+ \sa hasFocus(), clearFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(),
+ setFocusPolicy(), focusWidget(), QApplication::focusWidget(), grabKeyboard(),
+ grabMouse(), {Keyboard Focus}, QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocus(Qt::FocusReason reason)
+{
+ if (!isEnabled())
+ return;
+
+ QWidget *f = this;
+ while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+
+ if (QApplication::focusWidget() == f
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ && GetFocus() == f->internalWinId()
+#endif
+ )
+ return;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ QWidget *previousProxyFocus = 0;
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) {
+ previousProxyFocus = topData->proxyWidget->widget()->focusWidget();
+ if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus->focusProxy())
+ previousProxyFocus = previousProxyFocus->focusProxy();
+ if (previousProxyFocus == this && !topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->proxyIsGivingFocus)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QWidget *w = f;
+ if (isHidden()) {
+ while (w && w->isHidden()) {
+ w->d_func()->focus_child = f;
+ w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ } else {
+ while (w) {
+ w->d_func()->focus_child = f;
+ w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ // Update proxy state
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (topData->proxyWidget && !topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) {
+ topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 1;
+ topData->proxyWidget->setFocus(reason);
+ topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (f->isActiveWindow()) {
+ QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(f, reason);
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+# ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+ // The negation of the condition in setFocus_sys
+ if (!(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window()->windowType() != Qt::Popup && internalWinId()))
+ //setFocusWidget will already post a focus event for us (that the AT client receives) on Windows
+# endif
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(f, 0, QAccessible::Focus);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (topData->proxyWidget) {
+ if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus != f) {
+ // Send event to self
+ QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusOut, reason);
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = previousProxyFocus;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(previousProxyFocus, &event);
+ if (that)
+ QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event);
+ }
+ if (!isHidden()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ // Update proxy state
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra)
+ if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus())
+ topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->updateProxyInputMethodAcceptanceFromWidget();
+#endif
+ // Send event to self
+ QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusIn, reason);
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = f;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event);
+ if (that)
+ QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setFocus()
+ \overload
+
+ Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus
+ proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the
+ \l{isActiveWindow()}{active window}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Takes keyboard input focus from the widget.
+
+ If the widget has active focus, a \link focusOutEvent() focus out
+ event\endlink is sent to this widget to tell it that it is about
+ to lose the focus.
+
+ This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard
+ input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy().
+
+ \sa hasFocus(), setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(),
+ setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::clearFocus()
+{
+ QWidget *w = this;
+ while (w) {
+ if (w->d_func()->focus_child == this)
+ w->d_func()->focus_child = 0;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ QWExtra *topData = d_func()->extra;
+ if (topData && topData->proxyWidget)
+ topData->proxyWidget->clearFocus();
+#endif
+
+ if (hasFocus()) {
+ // Update proxy state
+ QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::OtherFocusReason);
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ if (!(windowType() == Qt::Popup) && GetFocus() == internalWinId())
+ SetFocus(0);
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::Focus);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::focusNextChild()
+
+ Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+ for \key Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget, or
+ false if it can't.
+
+ \sa focusPreviousChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::focusPreviousChild()
+
+ Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+ for \key Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget,
+ or false if it can't.
+
+ \sa focusNextChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+ for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new
+ widget, or false if it can't.
+
+ If \a next is true, this function searches forward, if \a next
+ is false, it searches backward.
+
+ Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For
+ example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current
+ active link" forward or backward, and call
+ focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or
+ first link on the "page".
+
+ Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets,
+ but only the window that contains the child widgets decides where
+ to redirect focus. By reimplementing this function for an object,
+ you thus gain control of focus traversal for all child widgets.
+
+ \sa focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(bool next)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QWidget* p = parentWidget();
+ bool isSubWindow = (windowType() == Qt::SubWindow);
+ if (!isWindow() && !isSubWindow && p)
+ return p->focusNextPrevChild(next);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->proxyWidget)
+ return d->extra->proxyWidget->focusNextPrevChild(next);
+#endif
+ QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(this, next);
+ if (!w) return false;
+
+ w->setFocus(next ? Qt::TabFocusReason : Qt::BacktabFocusReason);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the last child of this widget that setFocus had been
+ called on. For top level widgets this is the widget that will get
+ focus in case this window gets activated
+
+ This is not the same as QApplication::focusWidget(), which returns
+ the focus widget in the currently active window.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::focusWidget() const
+{
+ return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_child);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the next widget in this widget's focus chain.
+
+ \sa previousInFocusChain()
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::nextInFocusChain() const
+{
+ return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_next);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \brief The previousInFocusChain function returns the previous
+ widget in this widget's focus chain.
+
+ \sa nextInFocusChain()
+
+ \since 4.6
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::previousInFocusChain() const
+{
+ return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_prev);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::isActiveWindow
+ \brief whether this widget's window is the active window
+
+ The active window is the window that contains the widget that has
+ keyboard focus (The window may still have focus if it has no
+ widgets or none of its widgets accepts keyboard focus).
+
+ When popup windows are visible, this property is true for both the
+ active window \e and for the popup.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa activateWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow()
+*/
+bool QWidget::isActiveWindow() const
+{
+ QWidget *tlw = window();
+ if(tlw == QApplication::activeWindow() || (isVisible() && (tlw->windowType() == Qt::Popup)))
+ return true;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QWExtra *tlwExtra = tlw->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (isVisible() && tlwExtra->proxyWidget)
+ return tlwExtra->proxyWidget->isActiveWindow();
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+ if(qt_mac_is_macdrawer(tlw) &&
+ tlw->parentWidget() && tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow())
+ return true;
+
+ extern bool qt_mac_insideKeyWindow(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+ if (QApplication::testAttribute(Qt::AA_MacPluginApplication) && qt_mac_insideKeyWindow(tlw))
+ return true;
+#endif
+ if(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, this)) {
+ if(tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool &&
+ !tlw->isModal() &&
+ (!tlw->parentWidget() || tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow()))
+ return true;
+ QWidget *w = QApplication::activeWindow();
+ while(w && tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool &&
+ !w->isModal() && w->parentWidget()) {
+ w = w->parentWidget()->window();
+ if(w == tlw)
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN32)
+ HWND active = GetActiveWindow();
+ if (!tlw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return false;
+ return active == tlw->internalWinId() || ::IsChild(active, tlw->internalWinId());
+#else
+ return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ Puts the \a second widget after the \a first widget in the focus order.
+
+ Note that since the tab order of the \a second widget is changed, you
+ should order a chain like this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 9
+
+ \e not like this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 10
+
+ If \a first or \a second has a focus proxy, setTabOrder()
+ correctly substitutes the proxy.
+
+ \sa setFocusPolicy(), setFocusProxy(), {Keyboard Focus}
+*/
+void QWidget::setTabOrder(QWidget* first, QWidget *second)
+{
+ if (!first || !second || first->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus || second->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus)
+ return;
+
+ if (first->window() != second->window()) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setTabOrder: 'first' and 'second' must be in the same window");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ QWidget *fp = first->focusProxy();
+ if (fp) {
+ // If first is redirected, set first to the last child of first
+ // that can take keyboard focus so that second is inserted after
+ // that last child, and the focus order within first is (more
+ // likely to be) preserved.
+ QList<QWidget *> l = first->findChildren<QWidget *>();
+ for (int i = l.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
+ QWidget * next = l.at(i);
+ if (next->window() == fp->window()) {
+ fp = next;
+ if (fp->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ first = fp;
+ }
+
+ if (fp == second)
+ return;
+
+ if (QWidget *sp = second->focusProxy())
+ second = sp;
+
+// QWidget *fp = first->d_func()->focus_prev;
+ QWidget *fn = first->d_func()->focus_next;
+
+ if (fn == second || first == second)
+ return;
+
+ QWidget *sp = second->d_func()->focus_prev;
+ QWidget *sn = second->d_func()->focus_next;
+
+ fn->d_func()->focus_prev = second;
+ first->d_func()->focus_next = second;
+
+ second->d_func()->focus_next = fn;
+ second->d_func()->focus_prev = first;
+
+ sp->d_func()->focus_next = sn;
+ sn->d_func()->focus_prev = sp;
+
+
+ Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == first);
+ Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == first);
+
+ Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == second);
+ Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == second);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ Moves the relevant subwidgets of this widget from the \a oldtlw's
+ tab chain to that of the new parent, if there's anything to move and
+ we're really moving
+
+ This function is called from QWidget::reparent() *after* the widget
+ has been reparented.
+
+ \sa reparent()
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::reparentFocusWidgets(QWidget * oldtlw)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (oldtlw == q->window())
+ return; // nothing to do
+
+ if(focus_child)
+ focus_child->clearFocus();
+
+ // separate the focus chain into new (children of myself) and old (the rest)
+ QWidget *firstOld = 0;
+ //QWidget *firstNew = q; //invariant
+ QWidget *o = 0; // last in the old list
+ QWidget *n = q; // last in the new list
+
+ bool prevWasNew = true;
+ QWidget *w = focus_next;
+
+ //Note: for efficiency, we do not maintain the list invariant inside the loop
+ //we append items to the relevant list, and we optimize by not changing pointers
+ //when subsequent items are going into the same list.
+ while (w != q) {
+ bool currentIsNew = q->isAncestorOf(w);
+ if (currentIsNew) {
+ if (!prevWasNew) {
+ //prev was old -- append to new list
+ n->d_func()->focus_next = w;
+ w->d_func()->focus_prev = n;
+ }
+ n = w;
+ } else {
+ if (prevWasNew) {
+ //prev was new -- append to old list, if there is one
+ if (o) {
+ o->d_func()->focus_next = w;
+ w->d_func()->focus_prev = o;
+ } else {
+ // "create" the old list
+ firstOld = w;
+ }
+ }
+ o = w;
+ }
+ w = w->d_func()->focus_next;
+ prevWasNew = currentIsNew;
+ }
+
+ //repair the old list:
+ if (firstOld) {
+ o->d_func()->focus_next = firstOld;
+ firstOld->d_func()->focus_prev = o;
+ }
+
+ if (!q->isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *topLevel = q->window();
+ //insert new chain into toplevel's chain
+
+ QWidget *prev = topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev;
+
+ topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev = n;
+ prev->d_func()->focus_next = q;
+
+ focus_prev = prev;
+ n->d_func()->focus_next = topLevel;
+ } else {
+ //repair the new list
+ n->d_func()->focus_next = q;
+ focus_prev = n;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ Measures the shortest distance from a point to a rect.
+
+ This function is called from QDesktopwidget::screen(QPoint) to find the
+ closest screen for a point.
+ In directional KeypadNavigation, it is called to find the closest
+ widget to the current focus widget center.
+*/
+int QWidgetPrivate::pointToRect(const QPoint &p, const QRect &r)
+{
+ int dx = 0;
+ int dy = 0;
+ if (p.x() < r.left())
+ dx = r.left() - p.x();
+ else if (p.x() > r.right())
+ dx = p.x() - r.right();
+ if (p.y() < r.top())
+ dy = r.top() - p.y();
+ else if (p.y() > r.bottom())
+ dy = p.y() - r.bottom();
+ return dx + dy;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::frameSize
+ \brief the size of the widget including any window frame
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+*/
+QSize QWidget::frameSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && !(windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ QRect fs = d->frameStrut();
+ return QSize(data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(),
+ data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom());
+ }
+ return data->crect.size();
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::move(int x, int y)
+
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to move(QPoint(\a x, \a y)).
+*/
+
+void QWidget::move(const QPoint &p)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved);
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->topData()->posFromMove = true;
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ d->setGeometry_sys(p.x() + geometry().x() - QWidget::x(),
+ p.y() + geometry().y() - QWidget::y(),
+ width(), height(), true);
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ } else {
+ data->crect.moveTopLeft(p); // no frame yet
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::resize(int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to resize(QSize(\a w, \a h)).
+*/
+
+void QWidget::resize(const QSize &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ d->setGeometry_sys(geometry().x(), geometry().y(), s.width(), s.height(), false);
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ } else {
+ data->crect.setSize(s.boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &r)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved);
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->topData()->posFromMove = false;
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ d->setGeometry_sys(r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), true);
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ } else {
+ data->crect.setTopLeft(r.topLeft());
+ data->crect.setSize(r.size().boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.2
+ Saves the current geometry and state for top-level widgets.
+
+ To save the geometry when the window closes, you can
+ implement a close event like this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 11
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ Use QMainWindow::saveState() to save the geometry and the state of
+ toolbars and dock widgets.
+
+ \sa restoreGeometry(), QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState()
+*/
+QByteArray QWidget::saveGeometry() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // We check if the window was maximized during this invocation. If so, we need to record the
+ // starting position as 0,0.
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QRect newFramePosition = frameGeometry();
+ QRect newNormalPosition = normalGeometry();
+ if(d->topData()->wasMaximized && !(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)) {
+ // Change the starting position
+ newFramePosition.moveTo(0, 0);
+ newNormalPosition.moveTo(0, 0);
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QByteArray array;
+ QDataStream stream(&array, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
+ stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
+ const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB;
+ quint16 majorVersion = 1;
+ quint16 minorVersion = 0;
+ stream << magicNumber
+ << majorVersion
+ << minorVersion
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ << newFramePosition
+ << newNormalPosition
+#else
+ << frameGeometry()
+ << normalGeometry()
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ << qint32(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(this))
+ << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)
+ << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowFullScreen);
+ return array;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.2
+
+ Restores the geometry and state top-level widgets stored in the
+ byte array \a geometry. Returns true on success; otherwise
+ returns false.
+
+ If the restored geometry is off-screen, it will be modified to be
+ inside the available screen geometry.
+
+ To restore geometry saved using QSettings, you can use code like
+ this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 12
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ Use QMainWindow::restoreState() to restore the geometry and the
+ state of toolbars and dock widgets.
+
+ \sa saveGeometry(), QSettings, QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState()
+*/
+bool QWidget::restoreGeometry(const QByteArray &geometry)
+{
+ if (geometry.size() < 4)
+ return false;
+ QDataStream stream(geometry);
+ stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
+
+ const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB;
+ quint32 storedMagicNumber;
+ stream >> storedMagicNumber;
+ if (storedMagicNumber != magicNumber)
+ return false;
+
+ const quint16 currentMajorVersion = 1;
+ quint16 majorVersion = 0;
+ quint16 minorVersion = 0;
+
+ stream >> majorVersion >> minorVersion;
+
+ if (majorVersion != currentMajorVersion)
+ return false;
+ // (Allow all minor versions.)
+
+ QRect restoredFrameGeometry;
+ QRect restoredNormalGeometry;
+ qint32 restoredScreenNumber;
+ quint8 maximized;
+ quint8 fullScreen;
+
+ stream >> restoredFrameGeometry
+ >> restoredNormalGeometry
+ >> restoredScreenNumber
+ >> maximized
+ >> fullScreen;
+
+ const int frameHeight = 20;
+ if (!restoredFrameGeometry.isValid())
+ restoredFrameGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0,0), sizeHint());
+
+ if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid())
+ restoredNormalGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0, frameHeight), sizeHint());
+ if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid()) {
+ // use the widget's adjustedSize if the sizeHint() doesn't help
+ restoredNormalGeometry.setSize(restoredNormalGeometry
+ .size()
+ .expandedTo(d_func()->adjustedSize()));
+ }
+
+ const QDesktopWidget * const desktop = QApplication::desktop();
+ if (restoredScreenNumber >= desktop->numScreens())
+ restoredScreenNumber = desktop->primaryScreen();
+
+ const QRect availableGeometry = desktop->availableGeometry(restoredScreenNumber);
+
+ // Modify the restored geometry if we are about to restore to coordinates
+ // that would make the window "lost". This happens if:
+ // - The restored geometry is completely oustside the available geometry
+ // - The title bar is outside the available geometry.
+ // - (Mac only) The window is higher than the available geometry. It must
+ // be possible to bring the size grip on screen by moving the window.
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ restoredFrameGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height()));
+ restoredNormalGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height() - frameHeight));
+#endif
+
+ if (!restoredFrameGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) {
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom()));
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left()));
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right()));
+ }
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top()));
+
+ if (!restoredNormalGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) {
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom()));
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left()));
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right()));
+ }
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top() + frameHeight));
+
+ if (maximized || fullScreen) {
+ // set geomerty before setting the window state to make
+ // sure the window is maximized to the right screen.
+ // Skip on windows: the window is restored into a broken
+ // half-maximized state.
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
+ setGeometry(restoredNormalGeometry);
+#endif
+ Qt::WindowStates ws = windowState();
+ if (maximized)
+ ws |= Qt::WindowMaximized;
+ if (fullScreen)
+ ws |= Qt::WindowFullScreen;
+ setWindowState(ws);
+ d_func()->topData()->normalGeometry = restoredNormalGeometry;
+ } else {
+ QPoint offset;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ if (isFullScreen())
+ offset = d_func()->topData()->fullScreenOffset;
+#endif
+ setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMaximized | Qt::WindowFullScreen));
+ move(restoredFrameGeometry.topLeft() + offset);
+ resize(restoredNormalGeometry.size());
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!\fn void QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to setGeometry(QRect(\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h)).
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the sizes
+ \a left, \a top, \a right, and \a bottom. The margins are used by
+ the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to specify the area
+ to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame).
+
+ Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent().
+
+ \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins()
+*/
+void QWidget::setContentsMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (left == d->leftmargin && top == d->topmargin
+ && right == d->rightmargin && bottom == d->bottommargin)
+ return;
+ d->leftmargin = left;
+ d->topmargin = top;
+ d->rightmargin = right;
+ d->bottommargin = bottom;
+
+ if (QLayout *l=d->layout)
+ l->update(); //force activate; will do updateGeometry
+ else
+ updateGeometry();
+
+ // ### Qt 5: compat, remove
+ if (isVisible()) {
+ update();
+ QResizeEvent e(data->crect.size(), data->crect.size());
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ } else {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, true);
+ }
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ContentsRectChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \brief The setContentsMargins function sets the margins around the
+ widget's contents.
+
+ Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the
+ sizes determined by \a margins. The margins are
+ used by the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to
+ specify the area to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame).
+
+ Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent().
+
+ \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins()
+*/
+void QWidget::setContentsMargins(const QMargins &margins)
+{
+ setContentsMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(),
+ margins.right(), margins.bottom());
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the widget's contents margins for \a left, \a top, \a
+ right, and \a bottom.
+
+ \sa setContentsMargins(), contentsRect()
+ */
+void QWidget::getContentsMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (left)
+ *left = d->leftmargin;
+ if (top)
+ *top = d->topmargin;
+ if (right)
+ *right = d->rightmargin;
+ if (bottom)
+ *bottom = d->bottommargin;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \brief The contentsMargins function returns the widget's contents margins.
+
+ \sa getContentsMargins(), setContentsMargins(), contentsRect()
+ */
+QMargins QWidget::contentsMargins() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return QMargins(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin, d->rightmargin, d->bottommargin);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the area inside the widget's margins.
+
+ \sa setContentsMargins(), getContentsMargins()
+*/
+QRect QWidget::contentsRect() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return QRect(QPoint(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin),
+ QPoint(data->crect.width() - 1 - d->rightmargin,
+ data->crect.height() - 1 - d->bottommargin));
+
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &pos)
+
+ This signal is emitted when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is
+ Qt::CustomContextMenu, and the user has requested a context menu on
+ the widget. The position \a pos is the position of the context menu
+ event that the widget receives. Normally this is in widget
+ coordinates. The exception to this rule is QAbstractScrollArea and
+ its subclasses that map the context menu event to coordinates of the
+ \link QAbstractScrollArea::viewport() viewport() \endlink .
+
+
+ \sa mapToGlobal() QMenu contextMenuPolicy
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::contextMenuPolicy
+ \brief how the widget shows a context menu
+
+ The default value of this property is Qt::DefaultContextMenu,
+ which means the contextMenuEvent() handler is called. Other values
+ are Qt::NoContextMenu, Qt::PreventContextMenu,
+ Qt::ActionsContextMenu, and Qt::CustomContextMenu. With
+ Qt::CustomContextMenu, the signal customContextMenuRequested() is
+ emitted.
+
+ \sa contextMenuEvent(), customContextMenuRequested(), actions()
+*/
+
+Qt::ContextMenuPolicy QWidget::contextMenuPolicy() const
+{
+ return (Qt::ContextMenuPolicy)data->context_menu_policy;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::ContextMenuPolicy policy)
+{
+ data->context_menu_policy = (uint) policy;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::focusPolicy
+ \brief the way the widget accepts keyboard focus
+
+ The policy is Qt::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard
+ focus by tabbing, Qt::ClickFocus if the widget accepts
+ focus by clicking, Qt::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and
+ Qt::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at
+ all.
+
+ You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
+ keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
+ constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls
+ setFocusPolicy(Qt::StrongFocus).
+
+ If the widget has a focus proxy, then the focus policy will
+ be propagated to it.
+
+ \sa focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), enabled
+*/
+
+
+Qt::FocusPolicy QWidget::focusPolicy() const
+{
+ return (Qt::FocusPolicy)data->focus_policy;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setFocusPolicy(Qt::FocusPolicy policy)
+{
+ data->focus_policy = (uint) policy;
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->focus_proxy)
+ d->extra->focus_proxy->setFocusPolicy(policy);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::updatesEnabled
+ \brief whether updates are enabled
+
+ An updates enabled widget receives paint events and has a system
+ background; a disabled widget does not. This also implies that
+ calling update() and repaint() has no effect if updates are
+ disabled.
+
+ By default, this property is true.
+
+ setUpdatesEnabled() is normally used to disable updates for a
+ short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during
+ large changes. In Qt, widgets normally do not generate screen
+ flicker, but on X11 the server might erase regions on the screen
+ when widgets get hidden before they can be replaced by other
+ widgets. Disabling updates solves this.
+
+ Example:
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 13
+
+ Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling a widget
+ enables all child widgets \e except top-level widgets or those that
+ have been explicitly disabled. Re-enabling updates implicitly calls
+ update() on the widget.
+
+ \sa paintEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled, !enable);
+ d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable);
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::show()
+
+ Shows the widget and its child widgets. This function is
+ equivalent to setVisible(true).
+
+ \sa raise(), showEvent(), hide(), setVisible(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(),
+ showNormal(), isVisible()
+*/
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+ Makes the widget visible in the isVisible() meaning of the word.
+ It is only called for toplevels or widgets with visible parents.
+ */
+void QWidgetPrivate::show_recursive()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // polish if necessary
+
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ createRecursively();
+ q->ensurePolished();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if(sendChildEvents)
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(q, QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+ if (!q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout && !q->parentWidget()->data->in_show)
+ q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->activate();
+ // activate our layout before we and our children become visible
+ if (layout)
+ layout->activate();
+
+ show_helper();
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(bool recursive, bool disableUpdates)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ disableUpdates = disableUpdates && q->updatesEnabled();
+ if (disableUpdates)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled);
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent)) {
+ QMoveEvent e(data.crect.topLeft(), data.crect.topLeft());
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent, false);
+ }
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent)) {
+ QResizeEvent e(data.crect.size(), QSize());
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, false);
+ }
+
+ if (disableUpdates)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, false);
+
+ if (!recursive)
+ return;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ if (QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)))
+ child->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(recursive, disableUpdates);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::activateChildLayoutsRecursively()
+{
+ sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(false, true);
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (!child || child->isHidden() || child->isWindow())
+ continue;
+
+ child->ensurePolished();
+
+ // Activate child's layout
+ QWidgetPrivate *childPrivate = child->d_func();
+ if (childPrivate->layout)
+ childPrivate->layout->activate();
+
+ // Pretend we're visible.
+ const bool wasVisible = child->isVisible();
+ if (!wasVisible)
+ child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible);
+
+ // Do the same for all my children.
+ childPrivate->activateChildLayoutsRecursively();
+
+ // We're not cheating anymore.
+ if (!wasVisible)
+ child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::show_helper()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ data.in_show = true; // qws optimization
+ // make sure we receive pending move and resize events
+ sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents();
+
+ // become visible before showing all children
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible);
+
+ // finally show all children recursively
+ showChildren(false);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (q->parentWidget() && sendChildEvents)
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(q->parentWidget(),
+ QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+
+ // popup handling: new popups and tools need to be raised, and
+ // existing popups must be closed. Also propagate the current
+ // windows's KeyboardFocusChange status.
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ if ((q->windowType() == Qt::Tool) || (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) || q->windowType() == Qt::ToolTip) {
+ q->raise();
+ if (q->parentWidget() && q->parentWidget()->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange))
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
+ } else {
+ while (QApplication::activePopupWidget()) {
+ if (!QApplication::activePopupWidget()->close())
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Automatic embedding of child windows of widgets already embedded into
+ // QGraphicsProxyWidget when they are shown the first time.
+ bool isEmbedded = false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ isEmbedded = q->graphicsProxyWidget() ? true : false;
+ if (!isEmbedded && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q)) {
+ QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget());
+ if (ancestorProxy) {
+ isEmbedded = true;
+ ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(q);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded);
+#endif
+
+ // On Windows, show the popup now so that our own focus handling
+ // stores the correct old focus widget even if it's stolen in the
+ // showevent
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup)
+ qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q);
+#endif
+
+ // send the show event before showing the window
+ QShowEvent showEvent;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &showEvent);
+
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->isModal() && q->isWindow())
+ // QApplicationPrivate::enterModal *before* show, otherwise the initial
+ // stacking might be wrong
+ QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(q);
+
+
+ show_sys();
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup)
+ qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (q->windowType() != Qt::ToolTip) // Tooltips are read aloud twice in MS narrator.
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, 0, QAccessible::ObjectShow);
+#endif
+
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == q) {
+ QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0;
+ q->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
+ }
+
+ // Process events when showing a Qt::SplashScreen widget before the event loop
+ // is spinnning; otherwise it might not show up on particular platforms.
+ // This makes QSplashScreen behave the same on all platforms.
+ if (!qApp->d_func()->in_exec && q->windowType() == Qt::SplashScreen)
+ QApplication::processEvents();
+
+ data.in_show = false; // reset qws optimization
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::hide()
+
+ Hides the widget. This function is equivalent to
+ setVisible(false).
+
+
+ \note If you are working with QDialog or its subclasses and you invoke
+ the show() function after this function, the dialog will be displayed in
+ its original position.
+
+ \sa hideEvent(), isHidden(), show(), setVisible(), isVisible(), close()
+*/
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QWidgetPrivate::hide_helper()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ bool isEmbedded = false;
+#if !defined QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ isEmbedded = q->isWindow() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q) && nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget()) != 0;
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded);
+#endif
+
+ if (!isEmbedded && (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup))
+ qApp->d_func()->closePopup(q);
+
+ // Move test modal here. Otherwise, a modal dialog could get
+ // destroyed and we lose all access to its parent because we haven't
+ // left modality. (Eg. modal Progress Dialog)
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->isModal() && q->isWindow())
+ QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(q);
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ if (q->isWindow() && !(q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) && q->parentWidget()
+ && !q->parentWidget()->isHidden() && q->isActiveWindow())
+ q->parentWidget()->activateWindow(); // Activate parent
+#endif
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false);
+ hide_sys();
+
+ bool wasVisible = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible);
+
+ if (wasVisible) {
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false);
+
+ }
+
+ QHideEvent hideEvent;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &hideEvent);
+ hideChildren(false);
+
+ // next bit tries to move the focus if the focus widget is now
+ // hidden.
+ if (wasVisible) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(q);
+#endif
+
+ QWidget *fw = QApplication::focusWidget();
+ while (fw && !fw->isWindow()) {
+ if (fw == q) {
+ q->focusNextPrevChild(true);
+ break;
+ }
+ fw = fw->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore())
+ bs->removeDirtyWidget(q);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (wasVisible)
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isHidden() const
+
+ Returns true if the widget is hidden, otherwise returns false.
+
+ A hidden widget will only become visible when show() is called on
+ it. It will not be automatically shown when the parent is shown.
+
+ To check visibility, use !isVisible() instead (notice the exclamation mark).
+
+ isHidden() implies !isVisible(), but a widget can be not visible
+ and not hidden at the same time. This is the case for widgets that are children of
+ widgets that are not visible.
+
+
+ Widgets are hidden if:
+ \list
+ \o they were created as independent windows,
+ \o they were created as children of visible widgets,
+ \o hide() or setVisible(false) was called.
+ \endlist
+*/
+
+
+void QWidget::setVisible(bool visible)
+{
+ if (visible) { // show
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ // Designer uses a trick to make grabWidget work without showing
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isVisible()
+ && !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ parentWidget()->window()->d_func()->createRecursively();
+
+ //we have to at least create toplevels before applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments
+ //but not children of non-visible parents
+ QWidget *pw = parentWidget();
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
+ && (isWindow() || pw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))) {
+ create();
+ }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ if (windowType() == Qt::Window)
+ QApplicationPrivate::applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments(this);
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+ if (windowType() == Qt::Window)
+ QApplicationPrivate::applyQWSSpecificCommandLineArguments(this);
+#endif
+
+ bool wasResized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ Qt::WindowStates initialWindowState = windowState();
+
+ // polish if necessary
+ ensurePolished();
+
+ // remember that show was called explicitly
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide);
+ // whether we need to inform the parent widget immediately
+ bool needUpdateGeometry = !isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+ // we are no longer hidden
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false);
+
+ if (needUpdateGeometry)
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(true);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+ // activate our layout before we and our children become visible
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->activate();
+
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *parent = parentWidget();
+ while (parent && parent->isVisible() && parent->d_func()->layout && !parent->data->in_show) {
+ parent->d_func()->layout->activate();
+ if (parent->isWindow())
+ break;
+ parent = parent->parentWidget();
+ }
+ if (parent)
+ parent->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ }
+
+ // adjust size if necessary
+ if (!wasResized
+ && (isWindow() || !parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)) {
+ if (isWindow()) {
+ adjustSize();
+ if (windowState() != initialWindowState)
+ setWindowState(initialWindowState);
+ } else {
+ adjustSize();
+ }
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false);
+ }
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange, false);
+
+ if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible()) {
+ // remove posted quit events when showing a new window
+ QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::Quit);
+
+ d->show_helper();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ QEvent showToParentEvent(QEvent::ShowToParent);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &showToParentEvent);
+ } else { // hide
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ return;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ // reset WS_DISABLED style in a Blocked window
+ if(isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
+ && QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(this))
+ {
+ LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE);
+ dwStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED;
+ SetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == this)
+ QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ // hw: The test on getOpaqueRegion() needs to be more intelligent
+ // currently it doesn't work if the widget is hidden (the region will
+ // be clipped). The real check should be testing the cached region
+ // (and dirty flag) directly.
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) // && !d->getOpaqueRegion().isEmpty())
+ parentWidget()->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->hide_helper();
+
+ // invalidate layout similar to updateGeometry()
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) {
+ if (parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)
+ parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate();
+ else if (parentWidget()->isVisible())
+ QApplication::postEvent(parentWidget(), new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest));
+ }
+
+ QEvent hideToParentEvent(QEvent::HideToParent);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &hideToParentEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!\fn void QWidget::setHidden(bool hidden)
+
+ Convenience function, equivalent to setVisible(!\a hidden).
+*/
+
+/*!\fn void QWidget::setShown(bool shown)
+
+ Use setVisible(\a shown) instead.
+*/
+
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::_q_showIfNotHidden()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if ( !(q->isHidden() && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) )
+ q->setVisible(true);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::showChildren(bool spontaneous)
+{
+ QList<QObject*> childList = children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i));
+ if (!widget
+ || widget->isWindow()
+ || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ continue;
+ if (spontaneous) {
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped);
+ widget->d_func()->showChildren(true);
+ QShowEvent e;
+ QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e);
+ } else {
+ if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide))
+ widget->d_func()->show_recursive();
+ else
+ widget->show();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::hideChildren(bool spontaneous)
+{
+ QList<QObject*> childList = children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i));
+ if (!widget || widget->isWindow() || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ continue;
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // Before doing anything we need to make sure that we don't leave anything in a non-consistent state.
+ // When hiding a widget we need to make sure that no mouse_down events are active, because
+ // the mouse_up event will never be received by a hidden widget or one of its descendants.
+ // The solution is simple, before going through with this we check if there are any mouse_down events in
+ // progress, if so we check if it is related to this widget or not. If so, we just reset the mouse_down and
+ // then we continue.
+ // In X11 and Windows we send a mouse_release event, however we don't do that here because we were already
+ // ignoring that from before. I.e. Carbon did not send the mouse release event, so we will not send the
+ // mouse release event. There are two ways to interpret this:
+ // 1. If we don't send the mouse release event, the widget might get into an inconsistent state, i.e. it
+ // might be waiting for a release event that will never arrive.
+ // 2. If we send the mouse release event, then the widget might decide to trigger an action that is not
+ // supposed to trigger because it is not visible.
+ if(widget == qt_button_down)
+ qt_button_down = 0;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (spontaneous)
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false);
+ else
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false);
+ widget->d_func()->hideChildren(spontaneous);
+ QHideEvent e;
+ if (spontaneous) {
+ QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e);
+ } else {
+ QApplication::sendEvent(widget, &e);
+ if (widget->internalWinId()
+ && widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) {
+ // hide_sys() on an ancestor won't have any affect on this
+ // widget, so it needs an explicit hide_sys() of its own
+ widget->d_func()->hide_sys();
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(widget);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (!spontaneous)
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(widget, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::close_helper(CloseMode mode)
+{
+ if (data.is_closing)
+ return true;
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ data.is_closing = 1;
+
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = q;
+ QPointer<QWidget> parentWidget = q->parentWidget();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ bool isMain = (QApplicationPrivate::main_widget == q);
+#endif
+ bool quitOnClose = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose);
+ if (mode != CloseNoEvent) {
+ QCloseEvent e;
+ if (mode == CloseWithSpontaneousEvent)
+ QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e);
+ else
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ if (!that.isNull() && !e.isAccepted()) {
+ data.is_closing = 0;
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!that.isNull() && !q->isHidden())
+ q->hide();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (isMain)
+ QApplication::quit();
+#endif
+ // Attempt to close the application only if this has WA_QuitOnClose set and a non-visible parent
+ quitOnClose = quitOnClose && (parentWidget.isNull() || !parentWidget->isVisible());
+
+ if (quitOnClose) {
+ /* if there is no non-withdrawn primary window left (except
+ the ones without QuitOnClose), we emit the lastWindowClosed
+ signal */
+ QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+ bool lastWindowClosed = true;
+ for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = list.at(i);
+ if (!w->isVisible() || w->parentWidget() || !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose))
+ continue;
+ lastWindowClosed = false;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (lastWindowClosed)
+ QApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed();
+ }
+
+ if (!that.isNull()) {
+ data.is_closing = 0;
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose)) {
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, false);
+ q->deleteLater();
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Closes this widget. Returns true if the widget was closed;
+ otherwise returns false.
+
+ First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is \link
+ hide() hidden\endlink if it \link QCloseEvent::accept()
+ accepts\endlink the close event. If it \link QCloseEvent::ignore()
+ ignores\endlink the event, nothing happens. The default
+ implementation of QWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event.
+
+ If the widget has the Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose flag, the widget
+ is also deleted. A close events is delivered to the widget no
+ matter if the widget is visible or not.
+
+ The \l QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the
+ last visible primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the
+ Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute set is closed. By default this
+ attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such as
+ splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus.
+
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::close()
+{
+ return d_func()->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseWithEvent);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::visible
+ \brief whether the widget is visible
+
+ Calling setVisible(true) or show() sets the widget to visible
+ status if all its parent widgets up to the window are visible. If
+ an ancestor is not visible, the widget won't become visible until
+ all its ancestors are shown. If its size or position has changed,
+ Qt guarantees that a widget gets move and resize events just
+ before it is shown. If the widget has not been resized yet, Qt
+ will adjust the widget's size to a useful default using
+ adjustSize().
+
+ Calling setVisible(false) or hide() hides a widget explicitly. An
+ explicitly hidden widget will never become visible, even if all
+ its ancestors become visible, unless you show it.
+
+ A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
+ changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to
+ waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user.
+ A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new
+ frames.
+
+ A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the
+ screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified
+ windows and windows that exist on another virtual
+ desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget
+ receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status
+ is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event
+ when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event
+ when the window is restored again.
+
+ You almost never have to reimplement the setVisible() function. If
+ you need to change some settings before a widget is shown, use
+ showEvent() instead. If you need to do some delayed initialization
+ use the Polish event delivered to the event() function.
+
+ \sa show(), hide(), isHidden(), isVisibleTo(), isMinimized(),
+ showEvent(), hideEvent()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget would become visible if \a ancestor is
+ shown; otherwise returns false.
+
+ The true case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent
+ up to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly hidden.
+
+ This function will still return true if the widget is obscured by
+ other windows on the screen, but could be physically visible if it
+ or they were to be moved.
+
+ isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible().
+
+ \sa show() hide() isVisible()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
+{
+ if (!ancestor)
+ return isVisible();
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (!w->isHidden()
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()
+ && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ return !w->isHidden();
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ Use visibleRegion() instead.
+*/
+QRect QWidget::visibleRect() const
+{
+ return d_func()->clipRect();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur.
+
+ For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not
+ covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region.
+
+ The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in
+ general you do not need to call it.
+
+*/
+QRegion QWidget::visibleRegion() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ QRect clipRect = d->clipRect();
+ if (clipRect.isEmpty())
+ return QRegion();
+ QRegion r(clipRect);
+ d->subtractOpaqueChildren(r, clipRect);
+ d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(r);
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ const QWSWindowSurface *surface = static_cast<const QWSWindowSurface*>(windowSurface());
+ if (surface) {
+ const QPoint offset = mapTo(surface->window(), QPoint());
+ r &= surface->clipRegion().translated(-offset);
+ }
+#endif
+ return r;
+}
+
+
+QSize QWidgetPrivate::adjustedSize() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ QSize s = q->sizeHint();
+
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ Qt::Orientations exp;
+ if (layout) {
+ if (layout->hasHeightForWidth())
+ s.setHeight(layout->totalHeightForWidth(s.width()));
+ exp = layout->expandingDirections();
+ } else
+ {
+ if (q->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth())
+ s.setHeight(q->heightForWidth(s.width()));
+ exp = q->sizePolicy().expandingDirections();
+ }
+ if (exp & Qt::Horizontal)
+ s.setWidth(qMax(s.width(), 200));
+ if (exp & Qt::Vertical)
+ s.setHeight(qMax(s.height(), 100));
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->x11Info().screen());
+#else // all others
+ QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->pos());
+#endif
+#if defined (Q_WS_WINCE) || defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width()));
+ s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height()));
+#else
+ s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width()*2/3));
+ s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height()*2/3));
+#endif
+ if (QTLWExtra *extra = maybeTopData())
+ extra->sizeAdjusted = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!s.isValid()) {
+ QRect r = q->childrenRect(); // get children rectangle
+ if (r.isNull())
+ return s;
+ s = r.size() + QSize(2 * r.x(), 2 * r.y());
+ }
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Adjusts the size of the widget to fit its contents.
+
+ This function uses sizeHint() if it is valid, i.e., the size hint's width
+ and height are \>= 0. Otherwise, it sets the size to the children
+ rectangle that covers all child widgets (the union of all child widget
+ rectangles).
+
+ For windows, the screen size is also taken into account. If the sizeHint()
+ is less than (200, 100) and the size policy is \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding}
+ {expanding}, the window will be at least (200, 100). The maximum size of
+ a window is 2/3 of the screen's width and height.
+
+ \sa sizeHint(), childrenRect()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::adjustSize()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ ensurePolished();
+ QSize s = d->adjustedSize();
+
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->activate();
+
+ if (s.isValid())
+ resize(s);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::sizeHint
+ \brief the recommended size for the widget
+
+ If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
+ recommended.
+
+ The default implementation of sizeHint() returns an invalid size
+ if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
+ preferred size otherwise.
+
+ \sa QSize::isValid(), minimumSizeHint(), sizePolicy(),
+ setMinimumSize(), updateGeometry()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::sizeHint() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->layout)
+ return d->layout->totalSizeHint();
+ return QSize(-1, -1);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumSizeHint
+ \brief the recommended minimum size for the widget
+
+ If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
+ is recommended.
+
+ The default implementation of minimumSizeHint() returns an invalid
+ size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the
+ layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
+ minimumSizeHint().
+
+ \l QLayout will never resize a widget to a size smaller than the
+ minimum size hint unless minimumSize() is set or the size policy is
+ set to QSizePolicy::Ignore. If minimumSize() is set, the minimum
+ size hint will be ignored.
+
+ \sa QSize::isValid(), resize(), setMinimumSize(), sizePolicy()
+*/
+QSize QWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->layout)
+ return d->layout->totalMinimumSize();
+ return QSize(-1, -1);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget() const
+
+ Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any
+ parent widget.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget is a parent, (or grandparent and so on
+ to any level), of the given \a child, and both widgets are within
+ the same window; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isAncestorOf(const QWidget *child) const
+{
+ while (child) {
+ if (child == this)
+ return true;
+ if (child->isWindow())
+ return false;
+ child = child->parentWidget();
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+inline void setDisabledStyle(QWidget *w, bool setStyle)
+{
+ // set/reset WS_DISABLED style.
+ if(w && w->isWindow() && w->isVisible() && w->isEnabled()) {
+ LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE);
+ LONG newStyle = dwStyle;
+ if (setStyle)
+ newStyle |= WS_DISABLED;
+ else
+ newStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED;
+ if (newStyle != dwStyle) {
+ SetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE, newStyle);
+ // we might need to repaint in some situations (eg. menu)
+ w->repaint();
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QWidget event handling
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+ This is the main event handler; it handles event \a event. You can
+ reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using
+ one of the specialized event handlers instead.
+
+ Key press and release events are treated differently from other
+ events. event() checks for Tab and Shift+Tab and tries to move the
+ focus appropriately. If there is no widget to move the focus to
+ (or the key press is not Tab or Shift+Tab), event() calls
+ keyPressEvent().
+
+ Mouse and tablet event handling is also slightly special: only
+ when the widget is \l enabled, event() will call the specialized
+ handlers such as mousePressEvent(); otherwise it will discard the
+ event.
+
+ This function returns true if the event was recognized, otherwise
+ it returns false. If the recognized event was accepted (see \l
+ QEvent::accepted), any further processing such as event
+ propagation to the parent widget stops.
+
+ \sa closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(),
+ keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(),
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(),
+ mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(),
+ QObject::event(), QObject::timerEvent()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::event(QEvent *event)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ // ignore mouse events when disabled
+ if (!isEnabled()) {
+ switch(event->type()) {
+ case QEvent::TabletPress:
+ case QEvent::TabletRelease:
+ case QEvent::TabletMove:
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+ case QEvent::MouseMove:
+ case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+ case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+ case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+ case QEvent::ContextMenu:
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+ case QEvent::Wheel:
+#endif
+ return false;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ switch (event->type()) {
+ case QEvent::MouseMove:
+ mouseMoveEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+ // Don't reset input context here. Whether reset or not is
+ // a responsibility of input method. reset() will be
+ // called by mouseHandler() of input method if necessary
+ // via mousePressEvent() of text widgets.
+#if 0
+ resetInputContext();
+#endif
+ mousePressEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+ mouseReleaseEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+ case QEvent::Wheel:
+ wheelEvent((QWheelEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
+ case QEvent::TabletMove:
+ case QEvent::TabletPress:
+ case QEvent::TabletRelease:
+ tabletEvent((QTabletEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ case QEvent::Accel:
+ event->ignore();
+ return false;
+#endif
+ case QEvent::KeyPress: {
+ QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)event;
+ bool res = false;
+ if (!(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier))) { //### Add MetaModifier?
+ if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab
+ || (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab && (k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)))
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(false);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab)
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(true);
+ if (res)
+ break;
+ }
+ keyPressEvent(k);
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+ if (!k->isAccepted() && QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
+ && !(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier))) {
+ if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder) {
+ if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up)
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(false);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down)
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(true);
+ } else if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional) {
+ if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Right)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Left)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest);
+ }
+ if (res) {
+ k->accept();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+ if (!k->isAccepted()
+ && k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier && k->key() == Qt::Key_F1
+ && d->whatsThis.size()) {
+ QWhatsThis::showText(mapToGlobal(inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImMicroFocus).toRect().center()), d->whatsThis, this);
+ k->accept();
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::KeyRelease:
+ keyReleaseEvent((QKeyEvent*)event);
+ // fall through
+ case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::InputMethod:
+ inputMethodEvent((QInputMethodEvent *) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::PolishRequest:
+ ensurePolished();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Polish: {
+ style()->polish(this);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished);
+ if (!QApplication::font(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::font()))
+ d->resolveFont();
+ if (!QApplication::palette(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::palette()))
+ d->resolvePalette();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if(d->sendChildEvents)
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange:
+ if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) {
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys();
+ d->setWindowIcon_helper();
+ }
+ break;
+ case QEvent::FocusIn:
+#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED
+ QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys();
+#endif
+ focusInEvent((QFocusEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::FocusOut:
+ focusOutEvent((QFocusEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Enter:
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+ if (d->statusTip.size()) {
+ QStatusTipEvent tip(d->statusTip);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip);
+ }
+#endif
+ enterEvent(event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Leave:
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+ if (d->statusTip.size()) {
+ QString empty;
+ QStatusTipEvent tip(empty);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip);
+ }
+#endif
+ leaveEvent(event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::HoverEnter:
+ case QEvent::HoverLeave:
+ update();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Paint:
+ // At this point the event has to be delivered, regardless
+ // whether the widget isVisible() or not because it
+ // already went through the filters
+ paintEvent((QPaintEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Move:
+ moveEvent((QMoveEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Resize:
+ resizeEvent((QResizeEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Close:
+ closeEvent((QCloseEvent *)event);
+ break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+ case QEvent::ContextMenu:
+ switch (data->context_menu_policy) {
+ case Qt::PreventContextMenu:
+ break;
+ case Qt::DefaultContextMenu:
+ contextMenuEvent(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event));
+ break;
+ case Qt::CustomContextMenu:
+ emit customContextMenuRequested(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->pos());
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
+ case Qt::ActionsContextMenu:
+ if (d->actions.count()) {
+ QMenu::exec(d->actions, static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->globalPos(),
+ 0, this);
+ break;
+ }
+ // fall through
+#endif
+ default:
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+ case QEvent::Drop:
+ dropEvent((QDropEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::DragEnter:
+ dragEnterEvent((QDragEnterEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::DragMove:
+ dragMoveEvent((QDragMoveEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::DragLeave:
+ dragLeaveEvent((QDragLeaveEvent*) event);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case QEvent::Show:
+ showEvent((QShowEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Hide:
+ hideEvent((QHideEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ShowWindowRequest:
+ if (!isHidden())
+ d->show_sys();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ApplicationFontChange:
+ d->resolveFont();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange:
+ if (!(windowType() == Qt::Desktop))
+ d->resolvePalette();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ToolBarChange:
+ case QEvent::ActivationChange:
+ case QEvent::EnabledChange:
+ case QEvent::FontChange:
+ case QEvent::StyleChange:
+ case QEvent::PaletteChange:
+ case QEvent::WindowTitleChange:
+ case QEvent::IconTextChange:
+ case QEvent::ModifiedChange:
+ case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange:
+ case QEvent::ParentChange:
+ case QEvent::WindowStateChange:
+ case QEvent::LocaleChange:
+ case QEvent::MacSizeChange:
+ case QEvent::ContentsRectChange:
+ changeEvent(event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::WindowActivate:
+ case QEvent::WindowDeactivate: {
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ windowActivationChange(event->type() != QEvent::WindowActivate);
+#endif
+ if (isVisible() && !palette().isEqual(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Inactive))
+ update();
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i));
+ if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow())
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, event);
+ }
+
+#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED
+ if (isWindow())
+ QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys();
+#endif
+
+ break; }
+
+ case QEvent::LanguageChange:
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ languageChange();
+#endif
+ changeEvent(event);
+ {
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QObject *o = childList.at(i);
+ if (o)
+ QApplication::sendEvent(o, event);
+ }
+ }
+ update();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange:
+ d->resolveLayoutDirection();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange:
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->invalidate();
+ update();
+ changeEvent(event);
+ break;
+ case QEvent::UpdateRequest:
+ d->syncBackingStore();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::UpdateLater:
+ update(static_cast<QUpdateLaterEvent*>(event)->region());
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::WindowBlocked:
+ case QEvent::WindowUnblocked:
+ {
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QObject *o = childList.at(i);
+ if (o && o != QApplication::activeModalWidget()) {
+ if (qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o) && static_cast<QWidget *>(o)->isWindow()) {
+ // do not forward the event to child windows,
+ // QApplication does this for us
+ continue;
+ }
+ QApplication::sendEvent(o, event);
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ setDisabledStyle(this, (event->type() == QEvent::WindowBlocked));
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+ case QEvent::ToolTip:
+ if (!d->toolTip.isEmpty())
+ QToolTip::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(event)->globalPos(), d->toolTip, this);
+ else
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+ case QEvent::WhatsThis:
+ if (d->whatsThis.size())
+ QWhatsThis::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent *>(event)->globalPos(), d->whatsThis, this);
+ else
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis:
+ if (d->whatsThis.isEmpty())
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription:
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp: {
+ QAccessibleEvent *ev = static_cast<QAccessibleEvent *>(event);
+ if (ev->child())
+ return false;
+ switch (ev->type()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription:
+ ev->setValue(d->toolTip);
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp:
+ ev->setValue(d->whatsThis);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ break; }
+#endif
+ case QEvent::EmbeddingControl:
+ d->topData()->frameStrut.setCoords(0 ,0, 0, 0);
+ data->fstrut_dirty = false;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ d->topData()->embedded = 1;
+#endif
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+ case QEvent::ActionAdded:
+ case QEvent::ActionRemoved:
+ case QEvent::ActionChanged:
+#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED
+ QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys();
+#endif
+ actionEvent((QActionEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case QEvent::KeyboardLayoutChange:
+ {
+ changeEvent(event);
+
+ // inform children of the change
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i));
+ if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow())
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, event);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ case QEvent::MacGLWindowChange:
+ d->needWindowChange = false;
+ break;
+#endif
+ case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+ case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+ case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+ {
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ QTouchEvent *touchEvent = static_cast<QTouchEvent *>(event);
+ const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->touchPoints().first();
+ if (touchPoint.isPrimary() || touchEvent->deviceType() == QTouchEvent::TouchPad)
+ break;
+
+ // fake a mouse event!
+ QEvent::Type eventType = QEvent::None;
+ switch (touchEvent->type()) {
+ case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+ eventType = QEvent::MouseButtonPress;
+ break;
+ case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+ eventType = QEvent::MouseMove;
+ break;
+ case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+ eventType = QEvent::MouseButtonRelease;
+ break;
+ default:
+ Q_ASSERT(!true);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (eventType == QEvent::None)
+ break;
+
+ QMouseEvent mouseEvent(eventType,
+ touchPoint.pos().toPoint(),
+ touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint(),
+ Qt::LeftButton,
+ Qt::LeftButton,
+ touchEvent->modifiers());
+ (void) QApplication::sendEvent(this, &mouseEvent);
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+ case QEvent::Gesture:
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+ case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange: {
+ const QByteArray &propName = static_cast<QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent *>(event)->propertyName();
+ if (!qstrncmp(propName, "_q_customDpi", 12) && propName.length() == 13) {
+ uint value = property(propName.constData()).toUInt();
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ const char axis = propName.at(12);
+ if (axis == 'X')
+ d->extra->customDpiX = value;
+ else if (axis == 'Y')
+ d->extra->customDpiY = value;
+ d->updateFont(d->data.fnt);
+ }
+ // fall through
+ }
+#endif
+ default:
+ return QObject::event(event);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler can be reimplemented to handle state changes.
+
+ The state being changed in this event can be retrieved through the \a event
+ supplied.
+
+ Change events include: QEvent::ToolBarChange,
+ QEvent::ActivationChange, QEvent::EnabledChange, QEvent::FontChange,
+ QEvent::StyleChange, QEvent::PaletteChange,
+ QEvent::WindowTitleChange, QEvent::IconTextChange,
+ QEvent::ModifiedChange, QEvent::MouseTrackingChange,
+ QEvent::ParentChange, QEvent::WindowStateChange,
+ QEvent::LanguageChange, QEvent::LocaleChange,
+ QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange.
+
+*/
+void QWidget::changeEvent(QEvent * event)
+{
+ switch(event->type()) {
+ case QEvent::EnabledChange:
+ update();
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::FontChange:
+ case QEvent::StyleChange: {
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ update();
+ updateGeometry();
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->invalidate();
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->data.fstrut_dirty = true;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case QEvent::PaletteChange:
+ update();
+ break;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ case QEvent::MacSizeChange:
+ updateGeometry();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::ToolTipChange:
+ case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange:
+ qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget.
+
+ If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if
+ a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse
+ tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse
+ button is pressed.
+
+ QMouseEvent::pos() reports the position of the mouse cursor,
+ relative to this widget. For press and release events, the
+ position is usually the same as the position of the last mouse
+ move event, but it might be different if the user's hand shakes.
+ This is a feature of the underlying window system, not Qt.
+
+ If you want to show a tooltip immediately, while the mouse is
+ moving (e.g., to get the mouse coordinates with QMouseEvent::pos()
+ and show them as a tooltip), you must first enable mouse tracking
+ as described above. Then, to ensure that the tooltip is updated
+ immediately, you must call QToolTip::showText() instead of
+ setToolTip() in your implementation of mouseMoveEvent().
+
+ \sa setMouseTracking(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(),
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget.
+
+ If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the
+ mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on
+ the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets'
+ location and maybe more.
+
+ The default implementation implements the closing of popup widgets
+ when you click outside the window. For other widget types it does
+ nothing.
+
+ \sa mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+ mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+ if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ event->accept();
+ QWidget* w;
+ while ((w = QApplication::activePopupWidget()) && w != this){
+ w->close();
+ if (QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w) // widget does not want to disappear
+ w->hide(); // hide at least
+ }
+ if (!rect().contains(event->pos())){
+ close();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget.
+
+ \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+ mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget.
+
+ The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event.
+
+ \note The widget will also receive mouse press and mouse release
+ events in addition to the double click event. It is up to the
+ developer to ensure that the application interprets these events
+ correctly.
+
+ \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent() mouseMoveEvent(),
+ event(), QMouseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ mousePressEvent(event); // try mouse press event
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive wheel events for the widget.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ \link QWheelEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle
+ it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+ \sa QWheelEvent::ignore(), QWheelEvent::accept(), event(),
+ QWheelEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive tablet events for the widget.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ \link QTabletEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle
+ it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+ \sa QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(),
+ QTabletEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::tabletEvent(QTabletEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive key press events for the widget.
+
+ A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and
+ have focus in order to receive a key press event.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key.
+
+ The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user
+ presses Esc. Otherwise the event is ignored, so that the widget's
+ parent can interpret it.
+
+ Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not
+ need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class
+ implementation if you act upon the key.
+
+ \sa keyReleaseEvent(), setFocusPolicy(),
+ focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent, {Tetrix Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
+{
+ if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup) && event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
+ event->accept();
+ close();
+ } else {
+ event->ignore();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
+
+ A widget must \link setFocusPolicy() accept focus\endlink
+ initially and \link hasFocus() have focus\endlink in order to
+ receive a key release event.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the event, so that the widget's
+ parent can interpret it.
+
+ Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not
+ need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class
+ implementation if you act upon the key.
+
+ \sa keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), setFocusPolicy(),
+ focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget. The event
+ is passed in the \a event parameter
+
+ A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
+ Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
+ application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
+ those that do not normally accept focus.)
+
+ The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows
+ that do not specify a focusPolicy()).
+
+ \sa focusOutEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(),
+ keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *)
+{
+ if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow()) {
+ update();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget. The events is
+ passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
+ Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
+ application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
+ those that do not normally accept focus.)
+
+ The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows
+ that do not specify a focusPolicy()).
+
+ \sa focusInEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(),
+ keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *)
+{
+ if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow())
+ update();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget enter events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the
+ widget.
+
+ \sa leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget leave events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves
+ the widget.
+
+ \sa enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive paint
+ events passed in \a event.
+
+ A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of a widget. It can
+ happen for one of the following reasons:
+
+ \list
+ \o repaint() or update() was invoked,
+ \o the widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or
+ \o many other reasons.
+ \endlist
+
+ Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked to, but
+ some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the requested region:
+ QPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization does not change the result,
+ as painting is clipped to that region during event processing. QListView
+ and QTableView do this, for example.
+
+ Qt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint events into
+ one. When update() is called several times or the window system sends
+ several paint events, Qt merges these events into one event with a larger
+ region (see QRegion::united()). The repaint() function does not permit this
+ optimization, so we suggest using update() whenever possible.
+
+ When the paint event occurs, the update region has normally been erased, so
+ you are painting on the widget's background.
+
+ The background can be set using setBackgroundRole() and setPalette().
+
+ Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there
+ is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid flicker.
+
+ \bold{Note for the X11 platform}: It is possible to toggle global double
+ buffering by calling \c qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(). For example,
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 14
+
+ \note Generally, you should refrain from calling update() or repaint()
+ \bold{inside} a paintEvent(). For example, calling update() or repaint() on
+ children inside a paintevent() results in undefined behavior; the child may
+ or may not get a paint event.
+
+ \warning If you are using a custom paint engine without Qt's backingstore,
+ Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen must be set. Otherwise, QWidget::paintEngine() will
+ never be called; the backingstore will be used instead.
+
+ \sa event(), repaint(), update(), QPainter, QPixmap, QPaintEvent,
+ {Analog Clock Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget move events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+ When the widget receives this event, it is already at the new
+ position.
+
+ The old position is accessible through QMoveEvent::oldPos().
+
+ \sa resizeEvent(), event(), move(), QMoveEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget resize events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+ When resizeEvent() is called, the widget already has its new
+ geometry. The old size is accessible through
+ QResizeEvent::oldSize().
+
+ The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately
+ after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should
+ be) done inside this handler.
+
+
+ \sa moveEvent(), event(), resize(), QResizeEvent, paintEvent(),
+ {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent * /* event */)
+{
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called with the given \a event whenever the
+ widget's actions are changed.
+
+ \sa addAction(), insertAction(), removeAction(), actions(), QActionEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *)
+{
+
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ This event handler is called with the given \a event when Qt receives a window
+ close request for a top-level widget from the window system.
+
+ By default, the event is accepted and the widget is closed. You can reimplement
+ this function to change the way the widget responds to window close requests.
+ For example, you can prevent the window from closing by calling \l{QEvent::}{ignore()}
+ on all events.
+
+ Main window applications typically use reimplementations of this function to check
+ whether the user's work has been saved and ask for permission before closing.
+ For example, the \l{Application Example} uses a helper function to determine whether
+ or not to close the window:
+
+ \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 3
+ \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 4
+
+ \sa event(), hide(), close(), QCloseEvent, {Application Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->accept();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive widget context menu events.
+
+ The handler is called when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is
+ Qt::DefaultContextMenu.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the context event.
+ See the \l QContextMenuEvent documentation for more details.
+
+ \sa event(), QContextMenuEvent customContextMenuRequested()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
+ is called when the state of the input method changes.
+
+ Note that when creating custom text editing widgets, the
+ Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled window attribute must be set explicitly
+ (using the setAttribute() function) in order to receive input
+ method events.
+
+ The default implementation calls event->ignore(), which rejects the
+ Input Method event. See the \l QInputMethodEvent documentation for more
+ details.
+
+ \sa event(), QInputMethodEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This method is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by the
+ input method to query a set of properties of the widget to be
+ able to support complex input method operations as support for
+ surrounding text and reconversions.
+
+ \a query specifies which property is queried.
+
+ \sa inputMethodEvent(), QInputMethodEvent, QInputContext, inputMethodHints
+*/
+QVariant QWidget::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const
+{
+ switch(query) {
+ case Qt::ImMicroFocus:
+ return QRect(width()/2, 0, 1, height());
+ case Qt::ImFont:
+ return font();
+ case Qt::ImAnchorPosition:
+ // Fallback.
+ return inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition);
+ default:
+ return QVariant();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::inputMethodHints
+ \brief What input method specific hints the widget has.
+
+ This is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by
+ the input method to retrieve hints as to how the input method
+ should operate. For example, if the Qt::ImhFormattedNumbersOnly flag
+ is set, the input method may change its visual components to reflect
+ that only numbers can be entered.
+
+ \note The flags are only hints, so the particular input method
+ implementation is free to ignore them. If you want to be
+ sure that a certain type of characters are entered,
+ you should also set a QValidator on the widget.
+
+ The default value is Qt::ImhNone.
+
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \sa inputMethodQuery(), QInputContext
+*/
+Qt::InputMethodHints QWidget::inputMethodHints() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ const QWidgetPrivate *priv = d_func();
+ while (priv->inheritsInputMethodHints) {
+ priv = priv->q_func()->parentWidget()->d_func();
+ Q_ASSERT(priv);
+ }
+ return priv->imHints;
+#else //QT_NO_IM
+ return 0;
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+void QWidget::setInputMethodHints(Qt::InputMethodHints hints)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->imHints = hints;
+ // Optimization to update input context only it has already been created.
+ if (d->ic || qApp->d_func()->inputContext) {
+ QInputContext *ic = inputContext();
+ if (ic)
+ ic->update();
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+ mouse enters this widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ If the event is ignored, the widget won't receive any \l{dragMoveEvent()}{drag
+ move events}.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDragEnterEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called if a drag is in progress, and when
+ any of the following conditions occur: the cursor enters this widget,
+ the cursor moves within this widget, or a modifier key is pressed on
+ the keyboard while this widget has the focus. The event is passed
+ in the \a event parameter.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDragMoveEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+ mouse leaves this widget. The event is passed in the \a event
+ parameter.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDragLeaveEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this
+ widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDropEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget show events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately
+ before they are shown. The spontaneous show events of windows are
+ delivered afterwards.
+
+ Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its
+ mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous
+ hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous
+ show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a
+ spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in
+ the sense of isVisible().
+
+ \sa visible, event(), QShowEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget hide events. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been
+ hidden.
+
+ Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its
+ mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous
+ hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous
+ show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a
+ spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in
+ the sense of isVisible().
+
+ \sa visible, event(), QHideEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ \fn QWidget::x11Event(MSG *)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ native X11 events.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop Qt from
+ handling the event, return true. If you return false, this native event
+ is passed back to Qt, which translates it into a Qt event and sends it to
+ the widget.
+
+ \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is
+ native.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter(), QWidget::winId()
+*/
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef caller, EventRef event)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+ receive native Macintosh events.
+
+ The parameters are a bit different depending if Qt is build against Carbon
+ or Cocoa. In Carbon, \a caller and \a event are the corresponding
+ EventHandlerCallRef and EventRef that correspond to the Carbon event
+ handlers that are installed. In Cocoa, \a caller is always 0 and the
+ EventRef is the EventRef generated from the NSEvent.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+ event being handled by Qt, return true. If you return false, this
+ native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+ a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \warning This function was not called inside of Qt until Qt 4.4.
+ If you need compatibility with earlier versions of Qt, consider QApplication::macEventFilter() instead.
+
+ \sa QApplication::macEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef)
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+
+/*!
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+ receive native Windows events which are passed in the \a message
+ parameter.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+ event being handled by Qt, return true and set \a result to the value
+ that the window procedure should return. If you return false, this
+ native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+ a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::winEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *message, long *result)
+{
+ Q_UNUSED(message);
+ Q_UNUSED(result);
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::x11Event(XEvent *event)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ native X11 events passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop Qt from
+ handling the event, return true. If you return false, this native event
+ is passed back to Qt, which translates it into a Qt event and sends it to
+ the widget.
+
+ \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is
+ native.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter(), QWidget::winId()
+*/
+bool QWidget::x11Event(XEvent *)
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::qwsEvent(QWSEvent *event)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+ receive native Qt for Embedded Linux events which are passed in the
+ \a event parameter.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+ event being handled by Qt, return true. If you return false, this
+ native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+ a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::qwsEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::qwsEvent(QWSEvent *)
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ Ensures that the widget has been polished by QStyle (i.e., has a
+ proper font and palette).
+
+ QWidget calls this function after it has been fully constructed
+ but before it is shown the very first time. You can call this
+ function if you want to ensure that the widget is polished before
+ doing an operation, e.g., the correct font size might be needed in
+ the widget's sizeHint() reimplementation. Note that this function
+ \e is called from the default implementation of sizeHint().
+
+ Polishing is useful for final initialization that must happen after
+ all constructors (from base classes as well as from subclasses)
+ have been called.
+
+ If you need to change some settings when a widget is polished,
+ reimplement event() and handle the QEvent::Polish event type.
+
+ \bold{Note:} The function is declared const so that it can be called from
+ other const functions (e.g., sizeHint()).
+
+ \sa event()
+*/
+void QWidget::ensurePolished() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ const QMetaObject *m = metaObject();
+ if (m == d->polished)
+ return;
+ d->polished = m;
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::Polish);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &e);
+
+ // polish children after 'this'
+ QList<QObject*> children = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QObject *o = children.at(i);
+ if(!o->isWidgetType())
+ continue;
+ if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o))
+ w->ensurePolished();
+ }
+
+ if (d->parent && d->sendChildEvents) {
+ QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, const_cast<QWidget *>(this));
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(d->parent, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the mask currently set on a widget. If no mask is set the
+ return value will be an empty region.
+
+ \sa setMask(), clearMask(), QRegion::isEmpty(), {Shaped Clock Example}
+*/
+QRegion QWidget::mask() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? d->extra->mask : QRegion();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the layout manager that is installed on this widget, or 0
+ if no layout manager is installed.
+
+ The layout manager sets the geometry of the widget's children
+ that have been added to the layout.
+
+ \sa setLayout(), sizePolicy(), {Layout Management}
+*/
+QLayout *QWidget::layout() const
+{
+ return d_func()->layout;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *layout)
+
+ Sets the layout manager for this widget to \a layout.
+
+ If there already is a layout manager installed on this widget,
+ QWidget won't let you install another. You must first delete the
+ existing layout manager (returned by layout()) before you can
+ call setLayout() with the new layout.
+
+ If \a layout is the layout manger on a different widget, setLayout()
+ will reparent the layout and make it the layout manager for this widget.
+
+ Example:
+
+ \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 3b
+
+ An alternative to calling this function is to pass this widget to
+ the layout's constructor.
+
+ The QWidget will take ownership of \a layout.
+
+ \sa layout(), {Layout Management}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *l)
+{
+ if (!l) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Cannot set layout to 0");
+ return;
+ }
+ if (layout()) {
+ if (layout() != l)
+ qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", which already has a"
+ " layout", l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(),
+ objectName().toLocal8Bit().data());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ QObject *oldParent = l->parent();
+ if (oldParent && oldParent != this) {
+ if (oldParent->isWidgetType()) {
+ // Steal the layout off a widget parent. Takes effect when
+ // morphing laid-out container widgets in Designer.
+ QWidget *oldParentWidget = static_cast<QWidget *>(oldParent);
+ oldParentWidget->takeLayout();
+ } else {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", when the QLayout already has a parent",
+ l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(),
+ objectName().toLocal8Bit().data());
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ l->d_func()->topLevel = true;
+ d->layout = l;
+ if (oldParent != this) {
+ l->setParent(this);
+ l->d_func()->reparentChildWidgets(this);
+ l->invalidate();
+ }
+
+ if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData())
+ d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout()
+
+ Remove the layout from the widget.
+ \since 4.5
+*/
+
+QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QLayout *l = layout();
+ if (!l)
+ return 0;
+ d->layout = 0;
+ l->setParent(0);
+ return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::sizePolicy
+ \brief the default layout behavior of the widget
+
+ If there is a QLayout that manages this widget's children, the
+ size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
+ QLayout, the result of this function is used.
+
+ The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
+ widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size
+ sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to
+ specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed
+ vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as
+ QLineEdit, QSpinBox or an editable QComboBox) and other
+ horizontally orientated widgets (such as QProgressBar).
+ QToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both
+ directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as
+ QSlider, QScrollBar or QHeader) specify stretching in the
+ respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scroll bars
+ (usually subclasses of QScrollArea) tend to specify that they can
+ use additional space, and that they can make do with less than
+ sizeHint().
+
+ \sa sizeHint() QLayout QSizePolicy updateGeometry()
+*/
+QSizePolicy QWidget::sizePolicy() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->size_policy;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy policy)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy);
+ if (policy == d->size_policy)
+ return;
+ d->size_policy = policy;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QWExtra *extra = d->extra) {
+ if (extra->proxyWidget)
+ extra->proxyWidget->setSizePolicy(policy);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ updateGeometry();
+
+ if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData())
+ d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Policy horizontal, QSizePolicy::Policy vertical)
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the size policy of the widget to \a horizontal and \a
+ vertical, with standard stretch and no height-for-width.
+
+ \sa QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width \a w.
+
+ If this widget has a layout, the default implementation returns
+ the layout's preferred height. if there is no layout, the default
+ implementation returns -1 indicating that the preferred height
+ does not depend on the width.
+*/
+
+int QWidget::heightForWidth(int w) const
+{
+ if (layout() && layout()->hasHeightForWidth())
+ return layout()->totalHeightForWidth(w);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ *virtual private*
+
+ This is a bit hackish, but ideally we would have created a virtual function
+ in the public API (however, too late...) so that subclasses could reimplement
+ their own function.
+ Instead we add a virtual function to QWidgetPrivate.
+ ### Qt5: move to public class and make virtual
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+ return layout ? layout->hasHeightForWidth() : size_policy.hasHeightForWidth();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y) const
+
+ Returns the visible child widget at the position (\a{x}, \a{y})
+ in the widget's coordinate system. If there is no visible child
+ widget at the specified position, the function returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Returns the visible child widget at point \a p in the widget's own
+ coordinate system.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p) const
+{
+ return d_func()->childAt_helper(p, false);
+}
+
+QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAt_helper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor) const
+{
+ if (children.isEmpty())
+ return 0;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ // Unified tool bars on the Mac require special handling since they live outside
+ // QMainWindow's geometry(). See commit: 35667fd45ada49269a5987c235fdedfc43e92bb8
+ bool includeFrame = q->isWindow() && qobject_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q)
+ && static_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q)->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac();
+ if (includeFrame)
+ return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor, includeFrame);
+#endif
+
+ if (!pointInsideRectAndMask(p))
+ return 0;
+ return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor);
+}
+
+QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAtRecursiveHelper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor, bool includeFrame) const
+{
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ Q_UNUSED(includeFrame);
+#endif
+ for (int i = children.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (!child || child->isWindow() || child->isHidden() || child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents)
+ || (ignoreChildrenInDestructor && child->data->in_destructor)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Map the point 'p' from parent coordinates to child coordinates.
+ QPoint childPoint = p;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // 'includeFrame' is true if the child's parent is a top-level QMainWindow with an unified tool bar.
+ // An unified tool bar on the Mac lives outside QMainWindow's geometry(), so a normal
+ // QWidget::mapFromParent won't do the trick.
+ if (includeFrame && qobject_cast<QToolBar *>(child))
+ childPoint = qt_mac_nativeMapFromParent(child, p);
+ else
+#endif
+ childPoint -= child->data->crect.topLeft();
+
+ // Check if the point hits the child.
+ if (!child->d_func()->pointInsideRectAndMask(childPoint))
+ continue;
+
+ // Do the same for the child's descendants.
+ if (QWidget *w = child->d_func()->childAtRecursiveHelper(childPoint, ignoreChildrenInDestructor))
+ return w;
+
+ // We have found our target; namely the child at position 'p'.
+ return child;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateGeometry_helper(bool forceUpdate)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (widgetItem)
+ widgetItem->invalidateSizeCache();
+ QWidget *parent;
+ if (forceUpdate || !extra || extra->minw != extra->maxw || extra->minh != extra->maxh) {
+ if (!q->isWindow() && !q->isHidden() && (parent = q->parentWidget())) {
+ if (parent->d_func()->layout)
+ parent->d_func()->layout->invalidate();
+ else if (parent->isVisible())
+ QApplication::postEvent(parent, new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may
+ need to change geometry.
+
+ Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed.
+
+ For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The
+ layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::updateGeometry()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(false);
+}
+
+/*! \property QWidget::windowFlags
+
+ Window flags are a combination of a type (e.g. Qt::Dialog) and
+ zero or more hints to the window system (e.g.
+ Qt::FramelessWindowHint).
+
+ If the widget had type Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow and becomes a
+ window (Qt::Window, Qt::Dialog, etc.), it is put at position (0,
+ 0) on the desktop. If the widget is a window and becomes a
+ Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow, it is put at position (0, 0)
+ relative to its parent widget.
+
+ \note This function calls setParent() when changing the flags for
+ a window, causing the widget to be hidden. You must call show() to make
+ the widget visible again..
+
+ \sa windowType(), {Window Flags Example}
+*/
+void QWidget::setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+{
+ if (data->window_flags == flags)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if ((data->window_flags | flags) & Qt::Window) {
+ // the old type was a window and/or the new type is a window
+ QPoint oldPos = pos();
+ bool visible = isVisible();
+ setParent(parentWidget(), flags);
+
+ // if both types are windows or neither of them are, we restore
+ // the old position
+ if (!((data->window_flags ^ flags) & Qt::Window)
+ && (visible || testAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved))) {
+ move(oldPos);
+ }
+ // for backward-compatibility we change Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute value only when the window was recreated.
+ d->adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute();
+ } else {
+ data->window_flags = flags;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the window flags for the widget to \a flags,
+ \e without telling the window system.
+
+ \warning Do not call this function unless you really know what
+ you're doing.
+
+ \sa setWindowFlags()
+*/
+void QWidget::overrideWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+{
+ data->window_flags = flags;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn Qt::WindowType QWidget::windowType() const
+
+ Returns the window type of this widget. This is identical to
+ windowFlags() & Qt::WindowType_Mask.
+
+ \sa windowFlags
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Sets the parent of the widget to \a parent, and resets the window
+ flags. The widget is moved to position (0, 0) in its new parent.
+
+ If the new parent widget is in a different window, the
+ reparented widget and its children are appended to the end of the
+ \l{setFocusPolicy()}{tab chain} of the new parent
+ widget, in the same internal order as before. If one of the moved
+ widgets had keyboard focus, setParent() calls clearFocus() for that
+ widget.
+
+ If the new parent widget is in the same window as the
+ old parent, setting the parent doesn't change the tab order or
+ keyboard focus.
+
+ If the "new" parent widget is the old parent widget, this function
+ does nothing.
+
+ \note The widget becomes invisible as part of changing its parent,
+ even if it was previously visible. You must call show() to make the
+ widget visible again.
+
+ \warning It is very unlikely that you will ever need this
+ function. If you have a widget that changes its content
+ dynamically, it is far easier to use \l QStackedWidget.
+
+ \sa setWindowFlags()
+*/
+void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent)
+{
+ if (parent == parentWidget())
+ return;
+ setParent((QWidget*)parent, windowFlags() & ~Qt::WindowType_Mask);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This function also takes widget flags, \a f as an argument.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
++ d->inSetParent = true;
+ bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ bool wasCreated = testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created);
+ QWidget *oldtlw = window();
+
+ QWidget *desktopWidget = 0;
+ if (parent && parent->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)
+ desktopWidget = parent;
+ bool newParent = (parent != parentWidget()) || !wasCreated || desktopWidget;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (newParent && parent && !desktopWidget) {
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings)
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+ // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with
+ // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case
+ && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isWindow()
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ )
+ parent->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren();
+ else if (parent->d_func()->nativeChildrenForced() || parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (wasCreated) {
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) {
+ hide();
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide, false);
+ }
+ if (newParent) {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ParentAboutToChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ }
+ }
+ if (newParent && isAncestorOf(focusWidget()))
+ focusWidget()->clearFocus();
+
+ QTLWExtra *oldTopExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *oldBsTracker = oldTopExtra ? &oldTopExtra->backingStore : 0;
+
+ d->setParent_sys(parent, f);
+
+ QTLWExtra *topExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *bsTracker = topExtra ? &topExtra->backingStore : 0;
+ if (oldBsTracker && oldBsTracker != bsTracker)
+ oldBsTracker->unregisterWidgetSubtree(this);
+
+ if (desktopWidget)
+ parent = 0;
+
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData();
+ QWindowSurface *windowSurface = (extra ? extra->windowSurface : 0);
+ if (newParent && windowSurface) {
+ QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (oldBs)
+ oldBs->subSurfaces.removeAll(windowSurface);
+
+ if (parent) {
+ QWidgetBackingStore *newBs = parent->d_func()->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (newBs)
+ newBs->subSurfaces.append(windowSurface);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore()) {
+ if (newParent)
+ oldBs->removeDirtyWidget(this);
+ // Move the widget and all its static children from
+ // the old backing store to the new one.
+ oldBs->moveStaticWidgets(this);
+ }
+
+ if ((QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version < 0x040200
+ || QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation))
+ && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+
+ d->reparentFocusWidgets(oldtlw);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!parent || !parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet))) {
+ d->resolveFont();
+ d->resolvePalette();
+ }
+ d->resolveLayoutDirection();
+ d->resolveLocale();
+
+ // Note: GL widgets under WGL or EGL will always need a ParentChange
+ // event to handle recreation/rebinding of the GL context, hence the
+ // (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) clause (which is set on QGLWidgets on all
+ // platforms).
+ if (newParent
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(QT_OPENGL_ES)
+ || (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC)
+#endif
+ ) {
+ // propagate enabled updates enabled state to non-windows
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled))
+ d->setEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->isEnabled() : true);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled))
+ d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->updatesEnabled() : true);
+ }
+ d->inheritStyle();
+
+ // send and post remaining QObject events
+ if (parent && d->sendChildEvents) {
+ QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildAdded, this);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty()) {
+ QApplication::postEvent(parent,
+ new QEvent(QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest),
+ Qt::HighEventPriority);
+ }
+ parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.append(this);
+#endif
+ }
+
+//### already hidden above ---> must probably do something smart on the mac
+// #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+// extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+// if(!qt_mac_is_macdrawer(q)) //special case
+// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+// #else
+// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+//#endif
+
+ if (parent && d->sendChildEvents && d->polished) {
+ QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, this);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e);
+ }
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ParentChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ }
+
+ if (!wasCreated) {
+ if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible())
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, true);
+ else if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false);
+ }
+
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ // Embed the widget into a proxy if the parent is embedded.
+ // ### Doesn't handle reparenting out of an embedded widget.
+ if (oldtlw->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(oldtlw))
+ ancestorProxy->d_func()->unembedSubWindow(this);
+ }
+ if (isWindow() && parent && !graphicsProxyWidget() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) {
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(parent))
+ ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(this);
+ }
+#endif
++
++ d->inSetParent = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Scrolls the widget including its children \a dx pixels to the
+ right and \a dy downward. Both \a dx and \a dy may be negative.
+
+ After scrolling, the widgets will receive paint events for
+ the areas that need to be repainted. For widgets that Qt knows to
+ be opaque, this is only the newly exposed parts.
+ For example, if an opaque widget is scrolled 8 pixels to the left,
+ only an 8-pixel wide stripe at the right edge needs updating.
+
+ Since widgets propagate the contents of their parents by default,
+ you need to set the \l autoFillBackground property, or use
+ setAttribute() to set the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent attribute, to make
+ a widget opaque.
+
+ For widgets that use contents propagation, a scroll will cause an
+ update of the entire scroll area.
+
+ \sa {Transparency and Double Buffering}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy)
+{
+ if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible())
+ return;
+ if (dx == 0 && dy == 0)
+ return;
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) {
+ // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects;
+ // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must
+ // separately add a translated dirty region.
+ if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) {
+ foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy)).rects())
+ proxy->update(rect);
+ }
+ proxy->scroll(dx, dy, proxy->subWidgetRect(this));
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ d->scroll_sys(dx, dy);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version only scrolls \a r and does not move the children of
+ the widget.
+
+ If \a r is empty or invalid, the result is undefined.
+
+ \sa QScrollArea
+*/
+void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy, const QRect &r)
+{
+
+ if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible())
+ return;
+ if (dx == 0 && dy == 0)
+ return;
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) {
+ // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects;
+ // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must
+ // separately add a translated dirty region.
+ if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) {
+ foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy) & r).rects())
+ proxy->update(rect);
+ }
+ proxy->scroll(dx, dy, r.translated(proxy->subWidgetRect(this).topLeft().toPoint()));
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ d->scroll_sys(dx, dy, r);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately,
+ unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+ We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint,
+ for example during animation. In almost all circumstances update()
+ is better, as it permits Qt to optimize for speed and minimize
+ flicker.
+
+ \warning If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be
+ called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The
+ update() function never causes recursion.
+
+ \sa update(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::repaint()
+{
+ repaint(rect());
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+ This version repaints a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside
+ the widget.
+
+ If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}, and if
+ \a h is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}.
+*/
+void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ if (x > data->crect.width() || y > data->crect.height())
+ return;
+
+ if (w < 0)
+ w = data->crect.width() - x;
+ if (h < 0)
+ h = data->crect.height() - y;
+
+ repaint(QRect(x, y, w, h));
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+ This version repaints a rectangle \a rect inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &rect)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) {
+ update(rect);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) {
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = true;
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rect, this, true);
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ d->repaint_sys(rect);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) {
+ update(rgn);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) {
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = true;
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rgn, this, true);
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ d->repaint_sys(rgn);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is
+ hidden.
+
+ This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
+ schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main
+ event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less
+ flicker than a call to repaint() does.
+
+ Calling update() several times normally results in just one
+ paintEvent() call.
+
+ Qt normally erases the widget's area before the paintEvent() call.
+ If the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute is set, the widget is
+ responsible for painting all its pixels with an opaque color.
+
+ \sa repaint() paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), {Analog Clock Example}
+*/
+void QWidget::update()
+{
+ update(rect());
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::update(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ This version updates a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside
+ the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version updates a rectangle \a rect inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::update(const QRect &rect)
+{
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) {
+ QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rect));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore)
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rect, this);
+ } else {
+ d_func()->repaint_sys(rect);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::update(const QRegion &rgn)
+{
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) {
+ QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rgn));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore)
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rgn, this);
+ } else {
+ d_func()->repaint_sys(rgn);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ Clear the rectangle at point (\a x, \a y) of width \a w and height
+ \a h.
+
+ \warning This is best done in a paintEvent().
+*/
+void QWidget::erase_helper(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground) || testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible))
+ return;
+ if (w < 0)
+ w = data->crect.width() - x;
+ if (h < 0)
+ h = data->crect.height() - y;
+ if (w != 0 && h != 0) {
+ QPainter p(this);
+ p.eraseRect(QRect(x, y, w, h));
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Clear the given region, \a rgn.
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+void QWidget::erase(const QRegion& rgn)
+{
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground) || testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible))
+ return;
+
+ QPainter p(this);
+ p.setClipRegion(rgn);
+ p.eraseRect(rgn.boundingRect());
+}
+
+void QWidget::drawText_helper(int x, int y, const QString &str)
+{
+ if(!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible))
+ return;
+ QPainter paint(this);
+ paint.drawText(x, y, str);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Closes the widget.
+
+ Use the no-argument overload instead.
+*/
+bool QWidget::close(bool alsoDelete)
+{
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = this;
+ bool accepted = close();
+ if (alsoDelete && accepted && that)
+ deleteLater();
+ return accepted;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &i)
+{
+ setWindowIcon(i);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Return's the widget's icon.
+
+ Use windowIcon() instead.
+*/
+const QPixmap *QWidget::icon() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap : 0;
+}
+
+#endif // QT3_SUPPORT
+
+ /*!
+ \internal
+
+ This just sets the corresponding attribute bit to 1 or 0
+ */
+static void setAttribute_internal(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on, QWidgetData *data,
+ QWidgetPrivate *d)
+{
+ if (attribute < int(8*sizeof(uint))) {
+ if (on)
+ data->widget_attributes |= (1<<attribute);
+ else
+ data->widget_attributes &= ~(1<<attribute);
+ } else {
+ const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint);
+ const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint));
+ if (on)
+ d->high_attributes[int_off] |= (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint))));
+ else
+ d->high_attributes[int_off] &= ~(1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint))));
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the attribute \a attribute on this widget if \a on is true;
+ otherwise clears the attribute.
+
+ \sa testAttribute()
+*/
+void QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on)
+{
+ if (testAttribute(attribute) == on)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ Q_ASSERT_X(sizeof(d->high_attributes)*8 >= (Qt::WA_AttributeCount - sizeof(uint)*8),
+ "QWidget::setAttribute(WidgetAttribute, bool)",
+ "QWidgetPrivate::high_attributes[] too small to contain all attributes in WidgetAttribute");
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+ // ### Don't use PaintOnScreen+paintEngine() to do native painting in 5.0
+ if (attribute == Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen && on && !inherits("QGLWidget")) {
+ // see qwidget_win.cpp, ::paintEngine for details
+ paintEngine();
+ if (d->noPaintOnScreen)
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ setAttribute_internal(attribute, on, data, d);
+
+ switch (attribute) {
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+ case Qt::WA_AcceptDrops: {
+ if (on && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true);
+ else if (!on && (isWindow() || !parentWidget() || !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered)))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, false);
+ QEvent e(QEvent::AcceptDropsChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ break;
+ }
+ case Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered: {
+ d->registerDropSite(on);
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops) && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered) != on)
+ w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, on);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsForParent:
+ d->sendChildEvents = !on;
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsFromChildren:
+ d->receiveChildEvents = !on;
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->setStyle_helper(style(), false, true); // Make sure things get unpolished/polished correctly.
+ // fall through since changing the metal attribute affects the opaque size grip.
+ case Qt::WA_MacOpaqueSizeGrip:
+ d->macUpdateOpaqueSizeGrip();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect:
+ if (hasFocus()) {
+ clearFocus();
+ setFocus();
+ }
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_Hover:
+ qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case Qt::WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->macUpdateHideOnSuspend();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MacNormalSize:
+ case Qt::WA_MacSmallSize:
+ case Qt::WA_MacMiniSize:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ {
+ // We can only have one of these set at a time
+ const Qt::WidgetAttribute MacSizes[] = { Qt::WA_MacNormalSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
+ Qt::WA_MacMiniSize };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ if (MacSizes[i] != attribute)
+ setAttribute_internal(MacSizes[i], false, data, d);
+ }
+ d->macUpdateSizeAttribute();
+ }
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_ShowModal:
+ if (!on) {
+ if (isVisible())
+ QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(this);
+ // reset modality type to Modeless when clearing WA_ShowModal
+ data->window_modality = Qt::NonModal;
+ } else if (data->window_modality == Qt::NonModal) {
+ // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set prior
+ // to setting WA_ShowModal. set the default to WindowModal
+ // if we are the child of a group leader; otherwise use
+ // ApplicationModal.
+ QWidget *w = parentWidget();
+ if (w)
+ w = w->window();
+ while (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) {
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ if (w)
+ w = w->window();
+ }
+ data->window_modality = (w && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
+ ? Qt::WindowModal
+ : Qt::ApplicationModal;
+ // Some window managers does not allow us to enter modal after the
+ // window is showing. Therefore, to be consistent, we cannot call
+ // QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(this) here. The window must be
+ // hidden before changing modality.
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ // don't call setModal_sys() before create_sys()
+ d->setModal_sys();
+ }
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MouseTracking: {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::MouseTrackingChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ break; }
+ case Qt::WA_NativeWindow: {
+#if defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ d->createTLExtra();
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget();
+ QInputContext *ic = 0;
+ if (on && !internalWinId() && hasFocus()
+ && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
+ ic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext();
+ if (ic) {
+ ic->reset();
+ ic->setFocusWidget(0);
+ }
+ }
+ if (!qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings) && parentWidget()
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+ // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with
+ // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case
+ && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget()->isWindow()
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ )
+ parentWidget()->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren();
+ if (on && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->createWinId();
+ if (ic && isEnabled() && focusWidget->isEnabled()
+ && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
+ ic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget);
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+ break;
+ }
+ case Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ // Recreate the widget if it's already created as an alien widget and
+ // WA_PaintOnScreen is enabled. Paint on screen widgets must have win id.
+ // So must their children.
+ if (on) {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ d->enforceNativeChildren();
+ }
+#endif
+ // fall through
+ case Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ // fall through...
+ case Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled:
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->macUpdateIgnoreMouseEvents();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled: {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget();
+ QInputContext *ic = focusWidget->d_func()->assignedInputContext();
+ if (!ic && (!on || hasFocus()))
+ ic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext();
+ if (ic) {
+ if (on && hasFocus() && ic->focusWidget() != focusWidget && isEnabled()
+ && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
+ ic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget);
+ } else if (!on && ic->focusWidget() == focusWidget) {
+ ic->reset();
+ ic->setFocusWidget(0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+ break;
+ }
+ case Qt::WA_WindowPropagation:
+ d->resolvePalette();
+ d->resolveFont();
+ d->resolveLocale();
+ break;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ case Qt::WA_NoX11EventCompression:
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ d->extra->compress_events = on;
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_X11DoNotAcceptFocus:
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->updateX11AcceptFocus();
+ break;
+#endif
+ case Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen: {
+ if (on && isVisible()) {
+ // Make sure we keep the current state and only hide the widget
+ // from the desktop. show_sys will only update platform specific
+ // attributes at this point.
+ d->hide_sys();
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ // Release the region for this window from qws if the widget has
+ // been shown before the attribute was set.
+ if (QWSWindowSurface *surface = static_cast<QWSWindowSurface *>(windowSurface())) {
+ QWidget::qwsDisplay()->requestRegion(surface->winId(), surface->key(),
+ surface->permanentState(), QRegion());
+ }
+#endif
+ d->show_sys();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDesktop:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDock:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolBar:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeMenu:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeUtility:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeSplash:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDialog:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDropDownMenu:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypePopupMenu:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeNotification:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeCombo:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDND:
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->setNetWmWindowTypes();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case Qt::WA_StaticContents:
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) {
+ if (on)
+ bs->addStaticWidget(this);
+ else
+ bs->removeStaticWidget(this);
+ }
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground:
+ if (on) {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground);
+ d->updateIsTranslucent();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents:
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (on)
+ d->registerTouchWindow();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_LockPortraitOrientation:
+ case Qt::WA_LockLandscapeOrientation:
+ case Qt::WA_AutoOrientation: {
+ const Qt::WidgetAttribute orientations[3] = {
+ Qt::WA_LockPortraitOrientation,
+ Qt::WA_LockLandscapeOrientation,
+ Qt::WA_AutoOrientation
+ };
+
+ if (on) {
+ // We can only have one of these set at a time
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ if (orientations[i] != attribute)
+ setAttribute_internal(orientations[i], false, data, d);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+ CAknAppUiBase* appUi = static_cast<CAknAppUiBase*>(CEikonEnv::Static()->EikAppUi());
+ const CAknAppUiBase::TAppUiOrientation s60orientations[] = {
+ CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationPortrait,
+ CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationLandscape,
+ CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationAutomatic
+ };
+ CAknAppUiBase::TAppUiOrientation s60orientation = CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationUnspecified;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ if (testAttribute(orientations[i])) {
+ s60orientation = s60orientations[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ QT_TRAP_THROWING(appUi->SetOrientationL(s60orientation));
+ S60->orientationSet = true;
+ QSymbianControl *window = static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(internalWinId());
+ if (window)
+ window->ensureFixNativeOrientation();
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/*! \fn bool QWidget::testAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const
+
+ Returns true if attribute \a attribute is set on this widget;
+ otherwise returns false.
+
+ \sa setAttribute()
+ */
+bool QWidget::testAttribute_helper(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint);
+ const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint));
+ return (d->high_attributes[int_off] & (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint)))));
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowOpacity
+
+ \brief The level of opacity for the window.
+
+ The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to
+ 0.0 (completely transparent).
+
+ By default the value of this property is 1.0.
+
+ This feature is available on Embedded Linux, Mac OS X, Windows,
+ and X11 platforms that support the Composite extension.
+
+ This feature is not available on Windows CE.
+
+ Note that under X11 you need to have a composite manager running,
+ and the X11 specific _NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY atom needs to be
+ supported by the window manager you are using.
+
+ \warning Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a
+ paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed
+ correctly. This affects mainly the use of QPixmap::grabWindow(). Also note
+ that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantly slower than
+ opaque windows.
+
+ \sa setMask()
+*/
+qreal QWidget::windowOpacity() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) ? d->maybeTopData()->opacity / 255. : 1.0;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowOpacity(qreal opacity)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!isWindow())
+ return;
+
+ opacity = qBound(qreal(0.0), opacity, qreal(1.0));
+ QTLWExtra *extra = d->topData();
+ extra->opacity = uint(opacity * 255);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_WindowOpacitySet);
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = graphicsProxyWidget()) {
+ // Avoid invalidating the cache if set.
+ if (proxy->cacheMode() == QGraphicsItem::NoCache)
+ proxy->update();
+ else if (QGraphicsScene *scene = proxy->scene())
+ scene->update(proxy->sceneBoundingRect());
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ d->setWindowOpacity_sys(opacity);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowModified
+ \brief whether the document shown in the window has unsaved changes
+
+ A modified window is a window whose content has changed but has
+ not been saved to disk. This flag will have different effects
+ varied by the platform. On Mac OS X the close button will have a
+ modified look; on other platforms, the window title will have an
+ '*' (asterisk).
+
+ The window title must contain a "[*]" placeholder, which
+ indicates where the '*' should appear. Normally, it should appear
+ right after the file name (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text
+ Editor"). If the window isn't modified, the placeholder is simply
+ removed.
+
+ Note that if a widget is set as modified, all its ancestors will
+ also be set as modified. However, if you call \c
+ {setWindowModified(false)} on a widget, this will not propagate to
+ its parent because other children of the parent might have been
+ modified.
+
+ \sa windowTitle, {Application Example}, {SDI Example}, {MDI Example}
+*/
+bool QWidget::isWindowModified() const
+{
+ return testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowModified(bool mod)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified, mod);
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (!windowTitle().contains(QLatin1String("[*]")) && mod)
+ qWarning("QWidget::setWindowModified: The window title does not contain a '[*]' placeholder");
+#endif
+ d->setWindowTitle_helper(windowTitle());
+ d->setWindowIconText_helper(windowIconText());
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->setWindowModified_sys(mod);
+#endif
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ModifiedChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::toolTip
+
+ \brief the widget's tooltip
+
+ Note that by default tooltips are only shown for widgets that are
+ children of the active window. You can change this behavior by
+ setting the attribute Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips on the \e window,
+ not on the widget with the tooltip.
+
+ If you want to control a tooltip's behavior, you can intercept the
+ event() function and catch the QEvent::ToolTip event (e.g., if you
+ want to customize the area for which the tooltip should be shown).
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QToolTip statusTip whatsThis
+*/
+void QWidget::setToolTip(const QString &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->toolTip = s;
+
+ QEvent event(QEvent::ToolTipChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event);
+}
+
+QString QWidget::toolTip() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->toolTip;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::statusTip
+ \brief the widget's status tip
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa toolTip whatsThis
+*/
+void QWidget::setStatusTip(const QString &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->statusTip = s;
+}
+
+QString QWidget::statusTip() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->statusTip;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::whatsThis
+
+ \brief the widget's What's This help text.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QWhatsThis QWidget::toolTip QWidget::statusTip
+*/
+void QWidget::setWhatsThis(const QString &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->whatsThis = s;
+}
+
+QString QWidget::whatsThis() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->whatsThis;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::accessibleName
+
+ \brief the widget's name as seen by assistive technologies
+
+ This property is used by accessible clients to identify, find, or announce
+ the widget for accessible clients.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QAccessibleInterface::text()
+*/
+void QWidget::setAccessibleName(const QString &name)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->accessibleName = name;
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::NameChanged);
+}
+
+QString QWidget::accessibleName() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->accessibleName;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::accessibleDescription
+
+ \brief the widget's description as seen by assistive technologies
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QAccessibleInterface::text()
+*/
+void QWidget::setAccessibleDescription(const QString &description)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->accessibleDescription = description;
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::DescriptionChanged);
+}
+
+QString QWidget::accessibleDescription() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->accessibleDescription;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
+/*!
+ Adds a shortcut to Qt's shortcut system that watches for the given
+ \a key sequence in the given \a context. If the \a context is
+ Qt::ApplicationShortcut, the shortcut applies to the application as a
+ whole. Otherwise, it is either local to this widget, Qt::WidgetShortcut,
+ or to the window itself, Qt::WindowShortcut.
+
+ If the same \a key sequence has been grabbed by several widgets,
+ when the \a key sequence occurs a QEvent::Shortcut event is sent
+ to all the widgets to which it applies in a non-deterministic
+ order, but with the ``ambiguous'' flag set to true.
+
+ \warning You should not normally need to use this function;
+ instead create \l{QAction}s with the shortcut key sequences you
+ require (if you also want equivalent menu options and toolbar
+ buttons), or create \l{QShortcut}s if you just need key sequences.
+ Both QAction and QShortcut handle all the event filtering for you,
+ and provide signals which are triggered when the user triggers the
+ key sequence, so are much easier to use than this low-level
+ function.
+
+ \sa releaseShortcut() setShortcutEnabled()
+*/
+int QWidget::grabShortcut(const QKeySequence &key, Qt::ShortcutContext context)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (key.isEmpty())
+ return 0;
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut);
+ return qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.addShortcut(this, key, context);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Removes the shortcut with the given \a id from Qt's shortcut
+ system. The widget will no longer receive QEvent::Shortcut events
+ for the shortcut's key sequence (unless it has other shortcuts
+ with the same key sequence).
+
+ \warning You should not normally need to use this function since
+ Qt's shortcut system removes shortcuts automatically when their
+ parent widget is destroyed. It is best to use QAction or
+ QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are easier to use than
+ this low-level function. Note also that this is an expensive
+ operation.
+
+ \sa grabShortcut() setShortcutEnabled()
+*/
+void QWidget::releaseShortcut(int id)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (id)
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(id, this, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ If \a enable is true, the shortcut with the given \a id is
+ enabled; otherwise the shortcut is disabled.
+
+ \warning You should not normally need to use this function since
+ Qt's shortcut system enables/disables shortcuts automatically as
+ widgets become hidden/visible and gain or lose focus. It is best
+ to use QAction or QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are
+ easier to use than this low-level function.
+
+ \sa grabShortcut() releaseShortcut()
+*/
+void QWidget::setShortcutEnabled(int id, bool enable)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (id)
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutEnabled(enable, id, this, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.2
+
+ If \a enable is true, auto repeat of the shortcut with the
+ given \a id is enabled; otherwise it is disabled.
+
+ \sa grabShortcut() releaseShortcut()
+*/
+void QWidget::setShortcutAutoRepeat(int id, bool enable)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (id)
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutAutoRepeat(enable, id, this, 0);
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SHORTCUT
+/*!
+ Updates the widget's micro focus.
+
+ \sa QInputContext
+*/
+void QWidget::updateMicroFocus()
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM) && (defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN))
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ // and optimization to update input context only it has already been created.
+ if (d->assignedInputContext() || qApp->d_func()->inputContext) {
+ QInputContext *ic = inputContext();
+ if (ic)
+ ic->update();
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (isVisible()) {
+ // ##### is this correct
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
+/*!
+ Returns the window system handle of the widget, for low-level
+ access. Using this function is not portable.
+
+ An HDC acquired with getDC() has to be released with releaseDC().
+
+ \warning Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+HDC QWidget::getDC() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->hd)
+ return (HDC) d->hd;
+ return GetDC(winId());
+}
+
+/*!
+ Releases the HDC \a hdc acquired by a previous call to getDC().
+
+ \warning Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+void QWidget::releaseDC(HDC hdc) const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ // If its the widgets own dc, it will be released elsewhere. If
+ // its a different HDC we release it and issue a warning if it
+ // fails.
+ if (hdc != d->hd && !ReleaseDC(winId(), hdc))
+ qErrnoWarning("QWidget::releaseDC(): failed to release HDC");
+}
+#else
+/*!
+ Returns the window system handle of the widget, for low-level
+ access. Using this function is not portable.
+
+ The HANDLE type varies with platform; see \c qwindowdefs.h for
+ details.
+*/
+Qt::HANDLE QWidget::handle() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (!internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ (void)winId(); // enforce native window
+ return d->hd;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack.
+
+ After this call the widget will be visually in front of any
+ overlapping sibling widgets.
+
+ \note When using activateWindow(), you can call this function to
+ ensure that the window is stacked on top.
+
+ \sa lower(), stackUnder()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::raise()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+ const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size();
+ if (parentChildCount < 2)
+ return;
+ const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this);
+ Q_ASSERT(from >= 0);
+ // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created.
+ if (from != parentChildCount -1)
+ p->d_func()->children.move(from, parentChildCount - 1);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+ else if (from == parentChildCount - 1)
+ return;
+
+ QRegion region(rect());
+ d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(region);
+ d->invalidateBuffer(region);
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->raise_sys();
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack.
+
+ After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore
+ obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets.
+
+ \sa raise(), stackUnder()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::lower()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+ const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size();
+ if (parentChildCount < 2)
+ return;
+ const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this);
+ Q_ASSERT(from >= 0);
+ // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created.
+ if (from != 0)
+ p->d_func()->children.move(from, 0);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+ else if (from == 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->lower_sys();
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Places the widget under \a w in the parent widget's stack.
+
+ To make this work, the widget itself and \a w must be siblings.
+
+ \sa raise(), lower()
+*/
+void QWidget::stackUnder(QWidget* w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+ if (!w || isWindow() || p != w->parentWidget() || this == w)
+ return;
+ if (p) {
+ int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this);
+ int to = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(w);
+ Q_ASSERT(from >= 0);
+ Q_ASSERT(to >= 0);
+ if (from < to)
+ --to;
+ // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created.
+ if (from != to)
+ p->d_func()->children.move(from, to);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+ else if (from == to)
+ return;
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->stackUnder_sys(w);
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle&) { }
+void QWidget::enabledChange(bool) { } // compat
+void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &) { } // compat
+void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &) { } // compat
+void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool) { } // compat
+void QWidget::languageChange() { } // compat
+
+
+/*!
+ \enum QWidget::BackgroundOrigin
+
+ \compat
+
+ \value WidgetOrigin
+ \value ParentOrigin
+ \value WindowOrigin
+ \value AncestorOrigin
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isVisibleToTLW() const
+
+ Use isVisible() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::iconify()
+
+ Use showMinimized() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::constPolish() const
+
+ Use ensurePolished() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f, const QPoint &p, bool showIt)
+
+ Use setParent() to change the parent or the widget's widget flags;
+ use move() to move the widget, and use show() to show the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &p, bool showIt)
+
+ Use setParent() to change the parent; use move() to move the
+ widget, and use show() to show the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::recreate(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt)
+
+ Use setParent() to change the parent or the widget's widget flags;
+ use move() to move the widget, and use show() to show the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::hasMouse() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::ownCursor() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::ownFont() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::unsetFont()
+
+ Use setFont(QFont()) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::ownPalette() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::unsetPalette()
+
+ Use setPalette(QPalette()) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setEraseColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setErasePixmap(pixmap);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap));
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette directly.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setPaletteForegroundColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->foregroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette directly.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setPaletteBackgroundColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap)
+
+ Use the palette directly.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(pixmap);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap));
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setBackgroundPixmap(pixmap);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap));
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setBackgroundColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget(bool sameWindow) const
+
+ Use the no-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool b)
+
+ Use setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyCompression, b) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &f, bool b)
+
+ Use the single-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &p, bool b)
+
+ Use the single-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin background)
+
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn BackgroundOrigin QWidget::backgroundOrigin() const
+
+ \obsolete
+
+ Always returns \c WindowOrigin.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPoint QWidget::backgroundOffset() const
+
+ \obsolete
+
+ Always returns QPoint().
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the no-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the four-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &r, bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the single rect-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn, bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the single region-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::erase()
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::erase(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::erase(const QRect &rect)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your drawing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your drawing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p, bool includeThis) const
+
+ Use the single point argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setCaption(const QString &c)
+
+ Use setWindowTitle() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &i)
+
+ Use setWindowIcon() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setIconText(const QString &it)
+
+ Use setWindowIconText() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QString QWidget::caption() const
+
+ Use windowTitle() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QString QWidget::iconText() const
+
+ Use windowIconText() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isTopLevel() const
+ \obsolete
+
+ Use isWindow() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isRightToLeft() const
+ \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isLeftToRight() const
+ \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled(bool enabled)
+
+ Use setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, \a enabled) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isInputMethodEnabled() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setActiveWindow()
+
+ Use activateWindow() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isShown() const
+
+ Use !isHidden() instead (notice the exclamation mark), or use isVisible() to check whether the widget is visible.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isDialog() const
+
+ Use windowType() == Qt::Dialog instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isPopup() const
+
+ Use windowType() == Qt::Popup instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isDesktop() const
+
+ Use windowType() == Qt::Desktop instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::polish()
+
+ Use ensurePolished() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y, bool includeThis) const
+
+ Use the childAt() overload that doesn't have an \a includeThis parameter.
+
+ \oldcode
+ return widget->childAt(x, y, true);
+ \newcode
+ QWidget *child = widget->childAt(x, y, true);
+ if (child)
+ return child;
+ if (widget->rect().contains(x, y))
+ return widget;
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Policy hor, QSizePolicy::Policy ver, bool hfw)
+ \compat
+
+ Use the \l sizePolicy property and heightForWidth() function instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isUpdatesEnabled() const
+ \compat
+
+ Use the \l updatesEnabled property instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \macro QWIDGETSIZE_MAX
+ \relates QWidget
+
+ Defines the maximum size for a QWidget object.
+
+ The largest allowed size for a widget is QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+ QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), i.e. QSize (16777215,16777215).
+
+ \sa QWidget::setMaximumSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget::setupUi(QWidget *widget)
+
+ Sets up the user interface for the specified \a widget.
+
+ \note This function is available with widgets that derive from user
+ interface descriptions created using \l{uic}.
+
+ \sa {Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}
+*/
+
+QRect QWidgetPrivate::frameStrut() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (!q->isWindow() || (q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)) {
+ // x2 = x1 + w - 1, so w/h = 1
+ return QRect(0, 0, 1, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (data.fstrut_dirty
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
+ // ### Fix properly for 4.3
+ && q->isVisible()
+#endif
+ && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ const_cast<QWidgetPrivate *>(this)->updateFrameStrut();
+
+ return maybeTopData() ? maybeTopData()->frameStrut : QRect();
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Changes the focus from the current focusWidget to a widget in
+ the \a direction.
+
+ Returns true, if there was a widget in that direction
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(Direction direction)
+{
+ QWidget *targetWidget = widgetInNavigationDirection(direction);
+ if (targetWidget)
+ targetWidget->setFocus();
+ return (targetWidget != 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Searches for a widget that is positioned in the \a direction, starting
+ from the current focusWidget.
+
+ Returns the pointer to a found widget or 0, if there was no widget in
+ that direction.
+*/
+QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(Direction direction)
+{
+ const QWidget *sourceWidget = QApplication::focusWidget();
+ if (!sourceWidget)
+ return 0;
+ const QRect sourceRect = sourceWidget->rect().translated(sourceWidget->mapToGlobal(QPoint()));
+ const int sourceX =
+ (direction == DirectionNorth || direction == DirectionSouth) ?
+ (sourceRect.left() + (sourceRect.right() - sourceRect.left()) / 2)
+ :(direction == DirectionEast ? sourceRect.right() : sourceRect.left());
+ const int sourceY =
+ (direction == DirectionEast || direction == DirectionWest) ?
+ (sourceRect.top() + (sourceRect.bottom() - sourceRect.top()) / 2)
+ :(direction == DirectionSouth ? sourceRect.bottom() : sourceRect.top());
+ const QPoint sourcePoint(sourceX, sourceY);
+ const QPoint sourceCenter = sourceRect.center();
+ const QWidget *sourceWindow = sourceWidget->window();
+
+ QWidget *targetWidget = 0;
+ int shortestDistance = INT_MAX;
+ foreach(QWidget *targetCandidate, QApplication::allWidgets()) {
+
+ const QRect targetCandidateRect = targetCandidate->rect().translated(targetCandidate->mapToGlobal(QPoint()));
+
+ // For focus proxies, the child widget handling the focus can have keypad navigation focus,
+ // but the owner of the proxy cannot.
+ // Additionally, empty widgets should be ignored.
+ if (targetCandidate->focusProxy() || targetCandidateRect.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+
+ // Only navigate to a target widget that...
+ if ( targetCandidate != sourceWidget
+ // ...takes the focus,
+ && targetCandidate->focusPolicy() & Qt::TabFocus
+ // ...is above if DirectionNorth,
+ && !(direction == DirectionNorth && targetCandidateRect.bottom() > sourceRect.top())
+ // ...is on the right if DirectionEast,
+ && !(direction == DirectionEast && targetCandidateRect.left() < sourceRect.right())
+ // ...is below if DirectionSouth,
+ && !(direction == DirectionSouth && targetCandidateRect.top() < sourceRect.bottom())
+ // ...is on the left if DirectionWest,
+ && !(direction == DirectionWest && targetCandidateRect.right() > sourceRect.left())
+ // ...is enabled,
+ && targetCandidate->isEnabled()
+ // ...is visible,
+ && targetCandidate->isVisible()
+ // ...is in the same window,
+ && targetCandidate->window() == sourceWindow) {
+ const int targetCandidateDistance = pointToRect(sourcePoint, targetCandidateRect);
+ if (targetCandidateDistance < shortestDistance) {
+ shortestDistance = targetCandidateDistance;
+ targetWidget = targetCandidate;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return targetWidget;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Tells us if it there is currently a reachable widget by keypad navigation in
+ a certain \a orientation.
+ If no navigation is possible, occurring key events in that \a orientation may
+ be used to interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it
+ currently has not the editFocus.
+
+ \sa QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(), QWidget::hasEditFocus()
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::canKeypadNavigate(Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+ return orientation == Qt::Horizontal?
+ (QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast)
+ || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest))
+ :(QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth)
+ || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth));
+}
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Checks, if the \a widget is inside a QTabWidget. If is is inside
+ one, left/right key events will be used to switch between tabs in keypad
+ navigation. If there is no QTabWidget, the horizontal key events can be used
+to
+ interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it currently has
+ not the editFocus.
+
+ \sa QWidget::hasEditFocus()
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::inTabWidget(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ for (QWidget *tabWidget = widget; tabWidget; tabWidget = tabWidget->parentWidget())
+ if (qobject_cast<const QTabWidget*>(tabWidget))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \preliminary
+ \since 4.2
+ \obsolete
+
+ Sets the window surface to be the \a surface specified.
+ The QWidget takes will ownership of the \a surface.
+ widget itself is deleted.
+*/
+void QWidget::setWindowSurface(QWindowSurface *surface)
+{
+ // ### createWinId() ??
+
+#ifndef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ if (!isTopLevel())
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ QTLWExtra *topData = d->topData();
+ if (topData->windowSurface == surface)
+ return;
+
+ QWindowSurface *oldSurface = topData->windowSurface;
+ delete topData->windowSurface;
+ topData->windowSurface = surface;
+
+ QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (!bs)
+ return;
+
+ if (isTopLevel()) {
+ if (bs->windowSurface != oldSurface && bs->windowSurface != surface)
+ delete bs->windowSurface;
+ bs->windowSurface = surface;
+ }
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ else {
+ bs->subSurfaces.append(surface);
+ }
+ bs->subSurfaces.removeOne(oldSurface);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \preliminary
+ \since 4.2
+
+ Returns the QWindowSurface this widget will be drawn into.
+*/
+QWindowSurface *QWidget::windowSurface() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData();
+ if (extra && extra->windowSurface)
+ return extra->windowSurface;
+
+ QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore();
+
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ if (bs && bs->subSurfaces.isEmpty())
+ return bs->windowSurface;
+
+ if (!isTopLevel()) {
+ const QWidget *w = parentWidget();
+ while (w) {
+ QTLWExtra *extra = w->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (extra && extra->windowSurface)
+ return extra->windowSurface;
+ if (w->isTopLevel())
+ break;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+
+ return bs ? bs->windowSurface : 0;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::getLayoutItemMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const
+{
+ if (left)
+ *left = (int)leftLayoutItemMargin;
+ if (top)
+ *top = (int)topLayoutItemMargin;
+ if (right)
+ *right = (int)rightLayoutItemMargin;
+ if (bottom)
+ *bottom = (int)bottomLayoutItemMargin;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
+{
+ if (leftLayoutItemMargin == left
+ && topLayoutItemMargin == top
+ && rightLayoutItemMargin == right
+ && bottomLayoutItemMargin == bottom)
+ return;
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)left;
+ topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)top;
+ rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)right;
+ bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)bottom;
+ q->updateGeometry();
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(QStyle::SubElement element, const QStyleOption *opt)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ QStyleOption myOpt;
+ if (!opt) {
+ myOpt.initFrom(q);
+ myOpt.rect.setRect(0, 0, 32768, 32768); // arbitrary
+ opt = &myOpt;
+ }
+
+ QRect liRect = q->style()->subElementRect(element, opt, q);
+ if (liRect.isValid()) {
+ leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.left() - liRect.left());
+ topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.top() - liRect.top());
+ rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.right() - opt->rect.right());
+ bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.bottom() - opt->rect.bottom());
+ } else {
+ leftLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ topLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ rightLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ bottomLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ }
+}
+// resets the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute to the default value for transient widgets.
+void QWidgetPrivate::adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if (!q->parentWidget()) {
+ Qt::WindowType type = q->windowType();
+ if (type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow)
+ type = Qt::Window;
+ if (type != Qt::Widget && type != Qt::Window && type != Qt::Dialog)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+Q_GUI_EXPORT QWidgetData *qt_qwidget_data(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ return widget->data;
+}
+
+Q_GUI_EXPORT QWidgetPrivate *qt_widget_private(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ return widget->d_func();
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+/*!
+ \since 4.5
+
+ Returns the proxy widget for the corresponding embedded widget in a graphics
+ view; otherwise returns 0.
+
+ \sa QGraphicsProxyWidget::createProxyForChildWidget(),
+ QGraphicsScene::addWidget()
+ */
+QGraphicsProxyWidget *QWidget::graphicsProxyWidget() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->extra) {
+ return d->extra->proxyWidget;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ \typedef QWidgetList
+ \relates QWidget
+
+ Synonym for QList<QWidget *>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+/*!
+ Subscribes the widget to a given \a gesture with specific \a flags.
+
+ \sa ungrabGesture(), QGestureEvent
+ \since 4.6
+*/
+void QWidget::grabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture, Qt::GestureFlags flags)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->gestureContext.insert(gesture, flags);
+ (void)QGestureManager::instance(); // create a gesture manager
+}
+
+/*!
+ Unsubscribes the widget from a given \a gesture type
+
+ \sa grabGesture(), QGestureEvent
+ \since 4.6
+*/
+void QWidget::ungrabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->gestureContext.remove(gesture)) {
+ if (QGestureManager *manager = QGestureManager::instance())
+ manager->cleanupCachedGestures(this, gesture);
+ }
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+/*!
+ \typedef WId
+ \relates QWidget
+
+ Platform dependent window identifier.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::destroy(bool destroyWindow, bool destroySubWindows)
+
+ Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if \a
+ destroyWindow is true.
+
+ destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets,
+ passing \a destroySubWindows for the \a destroyWindow parameter.
+ To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy
+ subwidgets selectively first.
+
+ This function is usually called from the QWidget destructor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const
+
+ Returns the widget's paint engine.
+
+ Note that this function should not be called explicitly by the
+ user, since it's meant for reimplementation purposes only. The
+ function is called by Qt internally, and the default
+ implementation may not always return a valid pointer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const
+
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to global screen
+ coordinates. For example, \c{mapToGlobal(QPoint(0,0))} would give
+ the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget.
+
+ \sa mapFromGlobal() mapTo() mapToParent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const
+
+ Translates the global screen coordinate \a pos to widget
+ coordinates.
+
+ \sa mapToGlobal() mapFrom() mapFromParent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::grabMouse()
+
+ Grabs the mouse input.
+
+ This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is
+ called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard
+ events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab
+ that.
+
+ \warning Bugs in mouse-grabbing applications very often lock the
+ terminal. Use this function with extreme caution, and consider
+ using the \c -nograb command line option while debugging.
+
+ It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using Qt, as
+ Qt grabs and releases it sensibly. In particular, Qt grabs the
+ mouse when a mouse button is pressed and keeps it until the last
+ button is released.
+
+ \note Only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If isVisible()
+ returns false for a widget, that widget cannot call grabMouse().
+
+ \note \bold{(Mac OS X developers)} For \e Cocoa, calling
+ grabMouse() on a widget only works when the mouse is inside the
+ frame of that widget. For \e Carbon, it works outside the widget's
+ frame as well, like for Windows and X11.
+
+ \sa releaseMouse() grabKeyboard() releaseKeyboard()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::grabMouse(const QCursor &cursor)
+ \overload grabMouse()
+
+ Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape.
+
+ The cursor will assume shape \a cursor (for as long as the mouse
+ focus is grabbed) and this widget will be the only one to receive
+ mouse events until releaseMouse() is called().
+
+ \warning Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal.
+
+ \note \bold{(Mac OS X developers)} See the note in QWidget::grabMouse().
+
+ \sa releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), setCursor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::releaseMouse()
+
+ Releases the mouse grab.
+
+ \sa grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::grabKeyboard()
+
+ Grabs the keyboard input.
+
+ This widget receives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard()
+ is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse
+ events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that.
+
+ The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive
+ any keyboard events. setFocus() moves the focus as usual, but the
+ new focus widget receives keyboard events only after
+ releaseKeyboard() is called.
+
+ If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that
+ widget's grab is released first.
+
+ \sa releaseKeyboard() grabMouse() releaseMouse() focusWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::releaseKeyboard()
+
+ Releases the keyboard grab.
+
+ \sa grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::mouseGrabber()
+
+ Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input.
+
+ If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse,
+ 0 is returned.
+
+ \sa grabMouse(), keyboardGrabber()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::keyboardGrabber()
+
+ Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input.
+
+ If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the
+ keyboard, 0 is returned.
+
+ \sa grabMouse(), mouseGrabber()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::activateWindow()
+
+ Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active
+ window.
+
+ An active window is a visible top-level window that has the
+ keyboard input focus.
+
+ This function performs the same operation as clicking the mouse on
+ the title bar of a top-level window. On X11, the result depends on
+ the Window Manager. If you want to ensure that the window is
+ stacked on top as well you should also call raise(). Note that the
+ window must be visible, otherwise activateWindow() has no effect.
+
+ On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not
+ currently the active one then it will not make it the active
+ window. It will change the color of the taskbar entry to indicate
+ that the window has changed in some way. This is because Microsoft
+ does not allow an application to interrupt what the user is currently
+ doing in another application.
+
+ \sa isActiveWindow(), window(), show()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn int QWidget::metric(PaintDeviceMetric m) const
+
+ Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric()
+ function.
+
+ \a m is the metric to get.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::init(QPainter *painter) const
+{
+ const QPalette &pal = palette();
+ painter->d_func()->state->pen = QPen(pal.brush(foregroundRole()), 0);
+ painter->d_func()->state->bgBrush = pal.brush(backgroundRole());
+ QFont f(font(), const_cast<QWidget *>(this));
+ painter->d_func()->state->deviceFont = f;
+ painter->d_func()->state->font = f;
+}
+
+QPaintDevice *QWidget::redirected(QPoint *offset) const
+{
+ return d_func()->redirected(offset);
+}
+
+QPainter *QWidget::sharedPainter() const
+{
+ // Someone sent a paint event directly to the widget
+ if (!d_func()->redirectDev)
+ return 0;
+
+ QPainter *sp = d_func()->sharedPainter();
+ if (!sp || !sp->isActive())
+ return 0;
+
+ if (sp->paintEngine()->paintDevice() != d_func()->redirectDev)
+ return 0;
+
+ return sp;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion ®ion)
+ \overload
+
+ Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \a region to be
+ visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the
+ widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be
+ visible, depending on the platform.
+
+ Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
+ complex.
+
+ \sa windowOpacity
+*/
+void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &newMask)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ d->createExtra();
+ if (newMask == d->extra->mask)
+ return;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE
+ const QRegion oldMask(d->extra->mask);
+#endif
+
+ d->extra->mask = newMask;
+ d->extra->hasMask = !newMask.isEmpty();
+
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ d->setMask_sys(newMask);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE
+ if (!isVisible())
+ return;
+
+ if (!d->extra->hasMask) {
+ // Mask was cleared; update newly exposed area.
+ QRegion expose(rect());
+ expose -= oldMask;
+ if (!expose.isEmpty()) {
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ update(expose);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ // Update newly exposed area on the parent widget.
+ QRegion parentExpose(rect());
+ parentExpose -= newMask;
+ if (!parentExpose.isEmpty()) {
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ parentExpose.translate(data->crect.topLeft());
+ parentWidget()->update(parentExpose);
+ }
+
+ // Update newly exposed area on this widget
+ if (!oldMask.isEmpty())
+ update(newMask - oldMask);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap)
+
+ Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \a bitmap has a
+ corresponding 1 bit to be visible. If the region includes pixels
+ outside the rect() of the widget, window system controls in that
+ area may or may not be visible, depending on the platform.
+
+ Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
+ complex.
+
+ The following code shows how an image with an alpha channel can be
+ used to generate a mask for a widget:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/widget-mask/main.cpp 0
+
+ The label shown by this code is masked using the image it contains,
+ giving the appearance that an irregularly-shaped image is being drawn
+ directly onto the screen.
+
+ Masked widgets receive mouse events only on their visible
+ portions.
+
+ \sa clearMask(), windowOpacity(), {Shaped Clock Example}
+*/
+void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap)
+{
+ setMask(QRegion(bitmap));
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::clearMask()
+
+ Removes any mask set by setMask().
+
+ \sa setMask()
+*/
+void QWidget::clearMask()
+{
+ setMask(QRegion());
+}
+
+/*! \fn const QX11Info &QWidget::x11Info() const
+ Returns information about the configuration of the X display used to display
+ the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is only available on X11.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn Qt::HANDLE QWidget::x11PictureHandle() const
+ Returns the X11 Picture handle of the widget for XRender
+ support. Use of this function is not portable. This function will
+ return 0 if XRender support is not compiled into Qt, if the
+ XRender extension is not supported on the X11 display, or if the
+ handle could not be created.
+*/
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+void QWidgetPrivate::_q_delayedDestroy(WId winId)
+{
+ delete winId;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+void QWidgetPrivate::syncUnifiedMode() {
+ // The whole purpose of this method is to keep the unifiedToolbar in sync.
+ // That means making sure we either exchange the drawing methods or we let
+ // the toolbar know that it does not require to draw the baseline.
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // This function makes sense only if this is a top level
+ if(!q->isWindow())
+ return;
+ OSWindowRef window = qt_mac_window_for(q);
+ if(changeMethods) {
+ // Ok, we are in documentMode.
+ if(originalDrawMethod)
+ qt_mac_replaceDrawRect(window, this);
+ } else {
+ if(!originalDrawMethod)
+ qt_mac_replaceDrawRectOriginal(window, this);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "moc_qwidget.cpp"
+
projects / profile / ivi / qtbase.git / commitdiff